Professional Documents
Culture Documents
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL Issue 03 Rev 06 dated 23 MAR 17 incorporates the changes based on MMEL dated
16 JAN 17, 01 FEB 17, 20 FEB 17, 27 FEB 17 & 20 MAR 17.
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Intentionally leftblank
This table gives, for each delivered aircraft, the cross reference between:
- The Manufacturing Serial Number (MSN).
- The registration number of the aircraft.
- The aircraft model.
(1)
M MSN Registration Number Model
4947 VT-IEM 320-232
4954 VT-IEN 320-232
4965 VT-IEO 320-232
5027 VT-IEP 320-232
5036 VT-IEQ 320-232
5076 VT-IER 320-232
5080 VT-IEV 320-232
5090 VT-IES 320-232
5092 VT-IEU 320-232
5094 VT-IET 320-232
5155 VT-IEW 320-232
5158 VT-IDT 320-232
5190 VT-IEX 320-232
5230 VT-IEY 320-232
5231 VT-IEZ 320-232
5259 VT-IFA 320-232
5262 VT-IFB 320-232
5291 VT-IFC 320-232
5298 VT-IFD 320-232
5313 VT-IFE 320-232
5365 VT-IFF 320-232
5411 VT-IFG 320-232
5437 VT-IFH 320-232
5460 VT-IFI 320-232
5473 VT-IFJ 320-232
5476 VT-IFK 320-232
5507 VT-IFL 320-232
5537 VT-IFM 320-232
(1)
M MSN Registration Number Model
5577 VT-IFN 320-232
5641 VT-IFO 320-232
5676 VT-IFP 320-232
5683 VT-IFQ 320-232
5712 VT-IFR 320-232
5727 VT-IFS 320-232
5744 VT-IFT 320-232
5807 VT-IFU 320-232
5829 VT-IFV 320-232
5893 VT-IFW 320-232
5898 VT-IFX 320-232
5923 VT-IFY 320-232
5952 VT-IFZ 320-232
5992 VT-IAL 320-232
6010 VT-IAN 320-232
6036 VT-IAO 320-232
6208 VT-IAP 320-232
6247 VT-IAQ 320-232
6275 VT-IAR 320-232
6287 VT-IAX 320-232
4918 VT-IDA 320-232
4973 VT-IDB 320-232
5073 VT-IDC 320-232
5335 VT-IDD 320-232
6289 VT-IAS 320-232
6336 VT-IAY 320-232
4812 VT-IDJ 320-232
5120 VT-IDL 320-232
(1)
M MSN Registration Number Model
(1)
M MSN Registration Number Model
Foreword.................................................................................................................................................................. A
Questions and Suggestions.....................................................................................................................................B
MEL Contents.......................................................................................................................................................... C
Documentary Unit (DU)........................................................................................................................................... D
MEL Revision Management.................................................................................................................................... E
Removal of Item.......................................................................................................................................................F
How to Use the MEL Entries Section?...................................................................................................................G
How to Use the MEL Items Section?..................................................................................................................... H
How to Use the MEL Operational Procedures Section?.......................................................................................... I
Landing Capabilities (CAT 2, CAT 3 SINGLE, CAT 3 DUAL) ................................................................................J
LOW VISIBILITY TAKE-OFF (LVTO)......................................................................................................................K
Required Navigation Performance (RNP)................................................................................................................L
Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM).....................................................................................................M
MEL TEMPORARY REVISIONS.............................................................................................................................N
Abbreviations........................................................................................................................................................... O
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
FOREWORD
Ident.: HOW-00012802.0001001 / 17 JUL 14
Applicable to: ALL
This Minimum Equipment List (MEL) is a manual based on Airbus Master Minimum Equipment List
(MMEL).
This MEL takes into account the specific configuration of each aircraft of IndiGo's fleet. The aircraft
validity is managed at Documentary Unit (DU) level. Refer to HOW Documentary Unit (DU)
This MEL is produced in XML format and can be published in PDF format and in electronic format for
electronic consultation on EFB.
All manual holders and users are encouraged to submit any MEL question and suggestion to
qats@goindigo.in
MEL CONTENTS
Ident.: HOW-00012804.0001001 / 14 MAY 15
Applicable to: ALL
This MEL is made of Documentary Units (DU). The DUs contain the technical data.
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
B to D : The PDF page contains the whole "C" and "D" TOC entries contents but the
"B" TOC entry content starts on a previous PDF page and finishes on this PDF
page.
B to D : The PDF page contains the whole "C" TOC entry content but the "B" TOC entry
content starts on a previous PDF page and finishes on this PDF page and the
"D" TOC entry content starts on this PDF page and continues on the following
PDF page.
Note: 1. The indexes follow the alphabetical order: A, B, C, ..., Z, AA, AB, AC, ..., AZ, BA,
BB,BC, ...
2. For each subsection, the index starts again from A.
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS (LESS)
The manual is organized by sections and subsections (also called PSL). The subsections contain
the DUs.
The LESS lists all the subsections that constitute this MEL. The LESS only exists in the PDF
format.
When there is a change within a DU, the MEL revision updates the whole subsection that contains
the DU. This subsection gets a new date that corresponds to the issue date of the MEL revision.
Note: Each subsection has its own date that corresponds to the issue date of the latest MEL
revision that has revised the subsection. Therefore subsections of a same manual might
have different dates.
For each subsection, the LESS indicates:
The subsection identification (also referred to as localization),
The subsection title,
The subsection issue date. The subsection issue date corresponds the issue date of the latest
MEL revision that has revised the subsection.
The Effective Pages. It includes the total number of pages in the subsection.
The "M" field that may indicate the following Evolution Code:
The E letter indicates only an aircraft validity change of one or several DUs of this
subsection compared to the previous MEL revision. No DU content of this subsection has
changed compared to the previous MEL revision.
The M letter indicates a subsection that has moved compared to the previous MEL revision.
The N letter indicates a new subsection added by this MEL revision.
The R letter indicates a revised subsection. The content of one or several DUs of this
subsection is updated by this MEL revision.
Each PDF page footer indicates the subsection identification and the subsection issue date for
cross-reference with the LESS. Therefore the manual holder can use the LESS to ensure that the
MEL is up-to-date and that no page is missing.
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
FILLING INSTRUCTIONS
The Filling Instructions enable the manual holder:
To update the paper MEL when a new MEL revision is available, and
To quickly identify the subsections that the new MEL revision has revised.
The Filling Instructions notify the manual holder to remove a subsection, to add a new subsection
or to update an existing subsection.
For each revised subsection, the Filling Instructions also indicate:
The subsection identification (also referred to as localization),
The subsection title,
The new issue date of the subsection.
After incorporating the new revision with the Filling Instructions, the manual organization must
correspond to the LESS.
The Filling Instructions only exist in the PDF format.
Each PDF page footer indicates the subsection identification and the subsection issue date for
cross-reference with the Filling Instructions. Therefore the manual holder can use the Filling
Instructions to update the paper MEL and to identify the latest revised subsections.
HIGHLIGHTS AND REVISION MARKS
In the PDF format, a vertical bar in the margin of the DU identifies the modified part. Each vertical
bar has a numerical index that refers to the associated reason of the change in the Summary of
Highlights (SOH).
The SOH lists all the changes and associated reasons of the change (if necessary) that the
revision has inserted.
In electronic consultation, the vertical bar is available by selecting the REV MARKS option in the
INFO drop down list. The user can display the associated reason of the change by clicking on the
bar.
AIRCRAFT ALLOCATION TABLE (AAT)
The AAT indicates the list of aircraft that are taken into account in this MEL. For each aircraft, the
AAT indicates the following information:
The MSN number,
The registration number of the aircraft,
The aircraft model.
The M field may indicate the following Evolution Code:
The N letter indicates a new aircraft added by this MEL revision,
The R letter indicates a change of the or registration number or aircraft model.
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
REMOVAL OF ITEM
Ident.: HOW-00012809.0001001 / 03 JUL 14
Applicable to: ALL
When operating under MEL, it is not permitted to remove the item from its place in the aircraft, unless
the associated dispatch condition clearly authorizes to do it.
This section lists all the ECAM alerts. The ECAM monitors the condition of some systems. In the
case of malfunction of one or more systems, the ECAM provides the flight crew with an associated
ECAM alert. Refer to MI-00-08 ECAM and MAINTENANCE STATUS.
For each ECAM alert, this section indicates the associated MEL item (if any) to be applied for the
dispatch.
When an ECAM alert reports a system failure, the flight crew and the maintenance personnel should
refer to this section as a user-friendly entry point in the MEL.
AIRCRAFT STATUS COLUMN
An ECAM alert may cover one or several failure modes of the monitored system.
For each failure mode, the AIRCRAFT STATUS column may indicate the following status:
NIL : When there is only one failure mode, the AIRCRAFT STATUS column
indicates NIL.
When there are several failure modes, the AIRCRAFT STATUS column
might give a short description of each failure mode and/or a simple way
to identify each failure mode. If the MEL does not give this information,
the column displays NIL.
Actual alert : This indicates that the monitored system is inoperative. The failure mode
is the failure of the monitored system.
False alert : This indicates that the monitoring system is inoperative. The failure
mode is the failure of the monitoring system. The monitored system
remains fully operative.
CONDITION OF DISPATCH COLUMN
For each failure mode, the CONDITION OF DISPATCH column gives the applicable MEL item(s)
for dispatch. But the flight crew is responsible for checking that the condition of the aircraft
systems/components complies with the MEL requirements. If not, the dispatch of the
aircraft is not permitted.
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
The CONDITION OF DISPATCH column may also give the following alternate possibilities:
NO DISPATCH : It is not permitted to dispatch the aircraft when the ECAM displays this
alert.
Not related to MEL : The ECAM alert does not report a system failure but a reversible
abnormal condition such as the state of a system or an aircraft
configuration or an external condition. This condition is not a system
failure and is not related to MEL. The MEL shall not be used.
This is not a NO-GO situation. The corrective action to revert to normal
condition is immediate, obvious or well known by flight crew and/or
maintenance personnel.
This section lists the equipment, components, systems or functions that are safety-related and that
are temporarily permitted to be inoperative at departure provided that it complies with the associated
MEL requirements.
Note: One single computer may include several functions. The corresponding MEL item is either:
The computer: The MEL does not consider the loss of a single function. In this case,
when one function is inoperative, it is considered that the computer is inoperative.
Each function separately. In this case, if several functions are inoperative, all the related
MEL items are applied.
ITEM NUMBERING
A code of three pairs of digits or four pairs of digits identifies each MEL item.
The three first digits of this numbering system follow the ATA Spec 2200.
For practical reasons, the second pair of digits also follows the below Airbus organization:
00 refers to maintenance messages on the STATUS SD page,
01 refers to items located on the overhead panels,
05 refers to indications on the PFD,
06 refers to indications on the ND,
07 refers to indications on the SD pages,
08 refers to indications on the EWD,
09 refers to ECAM alerts,
10 to 95 follows the ATA Spec 2200 (first digit only).
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
The last pair of digits is the item rank. The item rank complies with the following Airbus
organization rules:
Item ranks from 01 to 49 are for Airbus MEL items.
For items on the overhead panels:
Item ranks from 01 to 29 refer to lights,
Item ranks from 31 to 49 refer to pushbutton switches and selectors.
DISPATCH CONDITIONS
The dispatch conditions indicate (for each applicable item) the suitable conditions, limitations
(placards, operational procedures, maintenance procedures) necessary to ensure that an
acceptable level of safety is maintained.
Some MEL items may have several dispatch conditions. Each dispatch condition offers a different
option to dispatch the aircraft.
A reference identifies each dispatch condition.
EXAMPLE
Dispatch condition reference 27-10-01C:
27-10-01 corresponds to the item number,
The letter "C" identifies the dispatch condition within the item 27-10-01.
Note: If only the dispatch conditions 27-10-01B and 27-10-01D are
mentioned in the MEL, this means that the dispatch conditions
27-10-01A and 27-10-01C do not apply to the fleet (this does not
mean that the dispatch conditions 27-10-01A and 27-10-01C are
missing from the MEL).
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
PROVISO
Each dispatch condition has one or several requirements, called provisos. Provisos are numbered
1), 2), 3)... or a), b), c)
All the provisos of the selected dispatch condition must be complied.
REPAIR INTERVAL
Each dispatch condition has an associated repair interval. The preamble of this MEL defines the
repair interval categories. Refer to MI-00-05 Repair Interval.
NBR INSTALLED
Each dispatch condition has a number installed that specifies the quantity of equipment,
components, systems or functions installed on the aircraft.
This quantity corresponds to the aircraft type certified configuration and, therefore required for
all flight conditions, unless otherwise indicated in the number required in conjunction with the
provisos of the dispatch condition.
A dash symbol indicates that a variable quantity is installed.
NBR REQUIRED
Each dispatch condition has a number required that specifies the minimum quantity of
equipment, components, systems or functions that must be operative for dispatch in accordance
with the provisos of the dispatch condition.
A dash symbol indicates that a variable quantity is required for dispatch.
PLACARD
In the PDF format, the "YES" in the "Placard" column indicates the request for a placard. In the
electronic format, the "PLACARD" symbol indicates the request for a placard.
The control(s), and/or indicator(s) related to inoperative equipment, component, system or function
should be clearly placarded.
The Certifying staff should determine:
The placard wording and location unless the MEL dispatch condition requires a specific wording
and location.
OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
The dispatch condition may require an operational or maintenance procedure to ensure an
acceptable level of safety.
The (o) symbol identifies an operational procedure.
The (m) symbol identifies a maintenance procedure.
The (o)(m) symbol means that the dispatch condition requires both an operational procedure and a
maintenance procedure.
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
OPERATIONAL PROCEDURE
The (o) symbol indicates that the dispatch condition requires a specific operational procedure to
permit operation of the aircraft with the inoperative item.
Purpose of the operational procedure may be:
To require the flight crew or cabin crew to perform action(s),
To provide limitations or performance penalties,
To provide useful information to the crew.
The flight crew must read the content of the operational procedure before each flight.
The operational procedure must be applied before each flight. However, the dispatch condition
might specify a different periodicity. In this case this operational procedure must be applied
before the first MEL dispatch and must be repeated at the defined periodicity.
The operational procedures are split and organized into specific flight phases. The flight crew
has to apply the part of the operational procedure related to the relevant flight phase.
Qualified flight crew or qualified cabin crew usually performs the operational procedures.
However other qualified personnel can also perform the operational procedures. But the flight
crew must read the content of the operational procedure before each flight.
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE
The (m) symbol indicates that the dispatch condition requires a specific maintenance procedure
to permit operation of the aircraft with the inoperative item.
Purpose of the maintenance procedure may be:
To deactivate a system,
To check a system.
The maintenance procedure is normally a one-time action that must be applied before the first
MEL dispatch. However the dispatch condition may specify a periodicity for repetitive actions. In
this case the maintenance procedure must be applied before the first MEL dispatch and must be
repeated at the defined periodicity.
Qualified maintenance personnel usually perform the maintenance procedures. However
other qualified and authorized personnel can also perform some actions if approved by Quality
Manager. But only qualified maintenance personnel can perform procedures that require
specialized knowledge or skill, or that require the use of tools or test equipment.
The MEL maintenance procedures are published in the AMM. The MEL item number must be
used to find the associated task in the AMM via the Deac/Reac Task by CDL/MEL... function
of AirN@v (in the AMM menu of AirN@v).
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Note: 1. The MEL item indicates the associated AMM task reference. However using the
AMM task reference is not the recommended method to find the task in the AMM.
The MEL item number must be used instead with the above AirN@v function.
2. The MEL item might indicate Refer to AMM task instead of the AMM task
reference. This indicates that the MEL item is associated with several AMM tasks.
The above AirN@v function shall be used to find the applicable AMM task.
NOTES
There are three levels of notes:
Notes at the level of the item: these notes appear below the item title and before the first
dispatch condition of this item. These notes apply to all the dispatch conditions of the item.
Notes at the level of the dispatch condition: these notes appear at the end of the dispatch
condition. These notes apply only to this dispatch condition.
Notes at the level of the proviso: these notes appear within a proviso. These notes apply only to
this proviso.
REFERENCES
The references assist in complying with MEL requirements.
References are used in the following cases:
To permit the aircraft dispatch, another item has to be considered inoperative, or
Another source of information has to be reviewed and associated restrictions, and/or
procedures must be applied (e.g. Refer to FCOM, or Refer to Weight and Balance Manual),
or
To redirect to the applicable MEL item. In that case, the referred relevant MEL item must be
entered and the associated dispatch conditions must be applied, including the respective (o)
and (m) procedures if any.
This section lists the operational procedures associated with the MEL items. The dispatch conditions
may require an operational procedure to permit the dispatch of the aircraft.
The operational procedures are split and organized into specific flight phases. The flight crew has to
apply the part of the operational procedure related to the relevant flight phase.
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
When the landing capability of the aircraft is impacted by an inoperative item, the associated MEL
operational procedure provides the maximum landing capability.
In case, the MEL item affecting the landing capability has no MEL operational procedure reference,
the maximum landing capability forms a part of dispatch condition.
The required equipment by certification for CAT 2, CAT 3 SINGLE and CAT 3 DUAL are also listed in
the Flight Manual (Refer to AFM/NORM-22-PA Required Equipment for CAT II and CAT III Approach
and Landing) and the QRH (Refer to QRH/OPS Required Equipment for CAT2 and CAT3).
The equipment to be operative to get CAT 2, CAT 3 SINGLE, or CAT 3 DUAL capability displayed on
the FMAs are listed in the QRH (Refer to QRH/OPS Required Equipment for CAT2 and CAT3).
When the low visibility capability of the aircraft is impacted by an inoperative item, the associated
MEL operational procedure provides the LVTO limitations. The required equipment to be operative
for conducting LVTO are listed in the OM-A 7.5.4.1.
1
When an inoperative item affects the RNAV / RNP capability of the aircraft, the associated MEL
operational procedure provides the RNAV / RNP limitations.
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
The minimum equipment/functions required for the RNAV / RNP operations are also listed in the
FCOM:
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-51 RNAV 10 / RNP 10 - Required RNAV 10 Equipment
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-51 RNAV 5 / BRNAV - Required RNAV 5 Equipment
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-51 RNAV 1 RNAV 2 / P-RNAV - Terminal RNAV - Required RNAV 1(2)
Equipment
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-51 RNP 4 - Required RNP 4 Equipment
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-51 RNP 1 / Terminal RNP 1 - Basic RNP 1 - Required RNP 1
Equipment
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-51 RNP APCH / RNAV(GNSS) - Required RNP APCH Equipment
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-51 RNP AR / RNAV(RNP) - Required RNP AR Equipment
Note: For RNP 2, refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-51 RNP 1 / Terminal RNP 1 - Basic RNP 1 -
Required RNP 1 Equipment.
When the RVSM capability of the aircraft is impacted by an inoperative item, the associated MEL
operational procedure provides the RVSM limitations.
The minimum equipment/functions required to begin RVSM operations are listed in the Flight Manual
(Refer to AFM/NORM-34 Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM)) and FCOM (Refer to
FCOM/PRO-SPO-50 Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM)).
The Temporary revisions are printed on yellow paper to cover urgent matters arising between normal
revisions. They are accompanied by filling instructions, and an updated List of effective temporary
revisions.
Generally, information provided by means of Temporary revisions is incorporated in the next normal
revision.
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
ABBREVIATIONS
Ident.: HOW-00012817.0001001 / 18 AUG 16
Applicable to: ALL
A
Abbreviation Term
A/C Aircraft
A/THR Autothrust
AAP Additional Attendant Panel
AAT Aircraft Allocation Table
ABCU Alternate Braking Control Unit
AC Alternating Current
ACARS ARINC Communication Addressing and Reporting System
ACFT Aircraft
ACMS Aircraft Condition Monitoring System
ACOC Air Cooled Oil Cooler
ACP Audio Control Panel
ACT Additional Center Tank
ADF Automatic Direction Finder
ADIRS Air Data Inertial Reference System
ADIRU Air Data Inertial Reference Unit
ADR Air Data Reference
ADS-B Automatic Dependent Surveillance Broadcast
AEVC Avionic Equipment Ventilation Controller
AGL Above Ground Level
AIP Attendant Indication Panel
ALT Altitude
AMM Aircraft Maintenance Manual
AOA Angle of Attack
AOC Airline Operational Control
AP Autopilot
APU Auxiliary Power Unit
ARPT Airport
ATA Air Transport Association
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATSAW Airborne Traffic Situational Awareness
ATSU Air Traffic Service Unit
ATT Attitude
AUTO Automatic
AVNCS Avionics
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
B
Abbreviation Term
B/UP Backup
BAT Battery
BCL Battery Charge Limiter
BMC Bleed Air Monitoring Computer
BSCU Braking Steering Control Unit
BTMU Brake Temperature Monitoring Unit
C
Abbreviation Term
C/B Circuit Breaker
CAM Cabin Assignment Module
CAPT Captain
CAT Category
CCD Cursor Control Device
CDL Configuration Deviation List
CDLS Cockpit Door Locking System
CDSS Cockpit Door Surveillance System
CDU Control Display Unit
CFDIU Centralized Fault Data Interface Unit
CFDS Centralized Fault Display System
CG Center of Gravity
CIDS Cabin Intercommunication Data System
CL Climb
CLB Climb
COND Conditioning
CONF Configuration
CPC Cabin Pressure Controller
CTL Control
CTR Center
CVR Cockpit Voice Recorder
D
Abbreviation Term
DAC Double Annular Combustor
DAR Digital AIDS Recorder
DC Direct Current
DDRMI Digital Distance and Radio Magnetic Indicator
DEU Decoder / Encoder Unit
DFDR Digital Flight Data Recorder
Continued on the following page
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
E
Abbreviation Term
EASA European Aviation Safety Agency
ECAM Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring
ECAS Emergency Cockpit Alerting System
ECP ECAM Control Panel
ECU Engine Control Unit
EDTO Extended Diversion Time Operations
EEC Engine Electronic Controller
EFB Electronic Flight Bag
EFIS Electronic Flight Instrument System
EGT Exhaust Gas Temperature
EHS Enhanced Surveillance System
EIU Engine Interface Unit
ELAC Elevator Aileron Computer
ELEC Electric
ELT Emergency Locator Transmitter
EMCD Electronic Magnetic Chip Detector
ENG Engine
EPR Engine Pressure Ratio
ESS Essential
EVMU Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit
EWD Engine Warning Display
EWDU Engine Warning Display Unit
F
Abbreviation Term
F/O First Officer
FAC Flight Augmentation Computer
FADEC Full Authority Digital Engine Control
FANS Future Air Navigation System
FAP Flight/Forward Attendant Panel
FCDC Flight Control Data Concentrator
Continued on the following page
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
G
Abbreviation Term
G/S Glideslope
GAPCU Ground and Auxiliary Power Control Unit
GCU Generator Control Unit
GEN Generator
GLS GNSS Landing System
GND Ground
GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
GPCU Ground Power Control Unit
GPS Global Positioning System
GPU Ground Power Unit
GPWS Ground Proximity Warning System
GW Gross Weight
H
Abbreviation Term
HF High Frequency
HP High Pressure
HPTACC High Pressure Turbine Active Clearance Control
HUD Head Up Display
HYD Hydraulics
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
I
Abbreviation Term
IAS Indicated Airspeed
ICV Isolation Control Valve
IDG Integrated Drive Generator
IFE In-Flight Entertainment
IFR Instrument Flight Rules
ILS Instrument Landing System
IP Intermediate Pressure
IR Inertial Reference
IRS Inertial Reference System
ISA International Standard Atmosphere
ISB Inspection Service Bulletin
ISIS Integrated Standby Instrument System
J
Abbreviation Term
JAA Joint Aviation Authorities
L
Abbreviation Term
L/G Landing Gear
LAF Load Alleviation Function
LED Light Emitting Diode
LEDU List of Effective Documentary Units
LESS List of Effective Sections/Subsections
LGCIU Landing Gear Control Interface Unit
LH Left Hand
LOM List of Modifications
LP Low Pressure
LVDT Linear Variable Differential Transformer
LVR CLB Lever Climb
M
Abbreviation Term
MAN Manual
MCC Maintenance Control Center
MCDU Multipurpose Control and Display Unit
MCT Maximum Continuous Thrust
MDDU Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit
MEL Minimum Equipment List
Continued on the following page
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
N
Abbreviation Term
NAV Navigation
ND Navigation Display
NDU Navigation Display Unit
NWS Nose Wheel Steering
O
Abbreviation Term
OANS On-board Airport Navigation System
OAT Outside Air Temperature
OCC Operations Control Centre
OEB Operations Engineering Bulletin
OEI One Engine Inoperative
OP CLB Open Climb
P
Abbreviation Term
P/N Part Number
PAX Passenger
PCU Power Control Unit
PDF Portable Document Format
PF Pilot Flying
PFD Primary Flight Display
PFDU Primary Flight Display Unit
PHC Probes Heat Computer
PM Pilot Monitoring
PRV Pressure Regulation Valve
Continued on the following page
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Q
Abbreviation Term
QAR Quick Access Recorder
QCCU Quantity Calculation Control Unit
QM Quality Manager
QNH Sea Level Atmospheric Pressure
QRH Quick Reference Handbook
R
Abbreviation Term
RA Radio Altitude
RAT Ram Air Turbine
RH Right Hand
RMI Radio Magnetic Indicator
RMP Radio Management Panel
RNP Required Navigation Performance
ROP Runway Overrun Protection
ROW Runway Overrun Warning
RTO Rejected Takeoff
RTOW Regulatory Takeoff Weight
RVSM Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum
S
Abbreviation Term
SAC Single Annular Combustor
SAT Static Air Temperature
SATCOM Satellite Communication
SB Service Bulletin
SD System Display
SDAC System Data Acquisition Concentrator
SDCU Smoke Detection Control Unit
SDF Smoke Detection Function
SDU System Display Unit
SEC Spoiler Elevator Computer
Continued on the following page
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
T
Abbreviation Term
T/O Takeoff
TACC Turbine Active Clearance Control
TAS True Air Speed
TAT Total Air Temperature
TAWS Terrain Awareness and Warning System
TCA Throttle Control Assy
TCAS Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System
TCC Turbine Case Cooling
TLC Takeoff and Landing Chart Computation Program
TOC Table of Contents
TOGA Takeoff/Go Around
TOW Takeoff Weight
TPIC Tire Pressure Indicating Computer
TR Transformer Rectifier Unit
U
Abbreviation Term
UTC Universal Coordinated Time
V
Abbreviation Term
V1 Critical Engine Failure Speed
V2 Takeoff Safety Speed
VAPP Approach Speed
VENT Ventilation
VFE Maximum Speed for each Flap Configuration
VFR Visual Flight Rules
VHF Very High Frequency
VLE Max Landing Gear Extended Speed
VMC Visual Meteorological Conditions
VMCA Minimum Control Speed in Flight
VMCG Minimum Control Speed on Ground
VMO Maximum Operating Speed
Continued on the following page
A320
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
W
Abbreviation Term
WBS Weight and Balance System
WTB Wing Tip Brake
X
Abbreviation Term
XML Extensible Mark-up Language
Z
Abbreviation Term
ZFW Zero Fuel Weight
Zp Pressure Altitude
ME-23 Communications
COM ACARS FAULT.............................................................................................................................................. A
COM CIDS 1+2 FAULT...........................................................................................................................................B
COM HF 1(2) DATA FAULT................................................................................................................................... C
COM HF 1(2) EMITTING........................................................................................................................................ D
COM SATCOM DATA FAULT (Not installed)......................................................................................................... E
COM SATCOM FAULT (Not installed).................................................................................................................... F
COM SINGLE PTT STUCK.................................................................................................................................... G
COM VHF 3 DATA FAULT..................................................................................................................................... H
COM VHF 1(2)(3) EMITTING................................................................................................................................... I
ME-28 Fuel
FUEL APU LP VALVE FAULT................................................................................................................................ A
FUEL AUTO FEED FAULT..................................................................................................................................... B
FUEL AUTO TRANSFER FAULT........................................................................................................................... C
FUEL CTR L(R) XFR FAULT..................................................................................................................................D
FUEL CTR L+R XFR FAULT.................................................................................................................................. E
FUEL CTR TK PUMP 1(2) LO PR..........................................................................................................................F
FUEL CTR TK PUMPS LO PR.............................................................................................................................. G
FUEL CTR TK PUMPS OFF...................................................................................................................................H
FUEL CTR TK XFR OFF..........................................................................................................................................I
FUEL ENG 1(2) LP VALVE OPEN..........................................................................................................................J
FUEL FQI CH 1(2) FAULT......................................................................................................................................K
FUEL F.USED/FOB DISAGREE..............................................................................................................................L
FUEL IDG 1(2) COOL FAULT................................................................................................................................M
FUEL LO LVL DET FAULT.....................................................................................................................................N
FUEL L(R) INNER(OUTER) TK HI TEMP.............................................................................................................. O
FUEL L(R) INNER(OUTER) TK LO TEMP............................................................................................................. P
FUEL L(R) OUTER XFR CLOSED.........................................................................................................................Q
FUEL L(R) OUTER XFR OPEN..............................................................................................................................R
FUEL L(R) TK PUMP 1(2) LO PR.......................................................................................................................... S
FUEL L(R) TK PUMP 1+2 LO PR...........................................................................................................................T
FUEL L(R) WING TK LO LVL.................................................................................................................................U
FUEL L+R WING TK LO LVL................................................................................................................................. V
FUEL L(R) WING TK OVERFLOW........................................................................................................................W
FUEL X FEED VALVE FAULT................................................................................................................................X
Continued on the following page
ME-34 Navigation
NAV ADR DISAGREE............................................................................................................................................. A
NAV ADR 1 FAULT.................................................................................................................................................B
NAV ADR 2 FAULT.................................................................................................................................................C
NAV ADR 3 FAULT.................................................................................................................................................D
NAV ADR 1+2(1+3)(2+3) FAULT............................................................................................................................ E
NAV ADR 1+2+3 FAULT.........................................................................................................................................F
NAV ALTI DISCREPANCY..................................................................................................................................... G
NAV ATC/XPDR 1(2)(1+2) FAULT......................................................................................................................... H
NAV ATC/XPDR STBY............................................................................................................................................. I
NAV ATT DISCREPANCY....................................................................................................................................... J
NAV BARO REF DISCREPANCY...........................................................................................................................K
NAV CAPT(F/O)(STBY) AOA FAULT......................................................................................................................L
NAV L(R) CAPT(F/O) STATIC FAULT................................................................................................................... M
NAV FM/GPS POS DISAGREE..............................................................................................................................N
NAV GPS 1(2) FAULT............................................................................................................................................ O
NAV GPWS FAULT.................................................................................................................................................P
NAV GPWS TERR DET FAULT.............................................................................................................................Q
NAV HDG DISCREPANCY..................................................................................................................................... R
NAV IAS DISCREPANCY....................................................................................................................................... S
NAV ILS 1(2)(1+2) FAULT...................................................................................................................................... T
NAV IR DISAGREE.................................................................................................................................................U
NAV IR NOT ALIGNED...........................................................................................................................................V
Continued on the following page
ME-36 Pneumatic
AIR APU BLEED FAULT.........................................................................................................................................A
AIR APU BLEED LEAK...........................................................................................................................................B
AIR APU LEAK DET FAULT...................................................................................................................................C
AIR BLEED 1(2) OFF..............................................................................................................................................D
AIR BLEED LEAK....................................................................................................................................................E
AIR ENG HP VALVE FAULT.................................................................................................................................. F
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED ABNORM PR......................................................................................................................G
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED FAULT................................................................................................................................ H
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED HI TEMP.............................................................................................................................. I
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED LEAK................................................................................................................................... J
AIR ENG 1(2)(1+2) BLEED LO TEMP....................................................................................................................K
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED NOT CLSD.......................................................................................................................... L
AIR ENG 1(2) LEAK DET FAULT.......................................................................................................................... M
AIR ENG 1+2 BLEED FAULT.................................................................................................................................N
AIR L(R) WING LEAK.............................................................................................................................................O
AIR L(R) WNG LEAK DET FAULT......................................................................................................................... P
AIR X BLEED FAULT............................................................................................................................................. Q
BLEED MONITORING FAULT................................................................................................................................R
BLEED MONIT SYS 1(2) FAULT............................................................................................................................S
ME-52 Doors
DOOR FWD(AFT)(BULK) CARGO..........................................................................................................................A
DOOR L(R) AFT AVIONICS....................................................................................................................................B
DOOR L(R) AFT CABIN......................................................................................................................................... C
DOOR L(R) AFT EMER EXIT.................................................................................................................................D
DOOR L(R) FWD AVIONICS.................................................................................................................................. E
DOOR L(R) FWD CABIN........................................................................................................................................ F
DOOR L(R) FWD EMER EXIT............................................................................................................................... G
ME-70 Engine
ENG ALL ENGINES FAILURE................................................................................................................................A
ENG COMPRESSOR VANE................................................................................................................................... B
ENG DUAL COOLING NOT AVAIL........................................................................................................................ C
ENG DUAL FAILURE..............................................................................................................................................D
ENG THR LEVERS NOT SET................................................................................................................................ E
ENG REV SET.........................................................................................................................................................F
ENG SAT ABOVE FLEX TEMP............................................................................................................................. G
ENG THRUST LOCKED ........................................................................................................................................H
ENG TO THRUST DISAGREE.................................................................................................................................I
ENG TYPE DISAGREE........................................................................................................................................... J
ENG VIB SYS FAULT............................................................................................................................................. K
ENG 1(2) A/C FADEC SUPPLY..............................................................................................................................L
ENG 1(2) AIR EXCHANGR FAULT AIR VALVE CLOSED....................................................................................M
ENG 1(2) AIR EXCHANGR FAULT AIR VALVE OPEN.........................................................................................N
ENG 1(2) AIR MINOR FAULT................................................................................................................................ O
ENG 1(2) AIR SYS FAULT..................................................................................................................................... P
ENG 1(2) BEARING 4 OIL SYS HI PRESS...........................................................................................................Q
ENG 1(2) BEARING 4 OIL SYS SCAVENGE VALVE FAULT............................................................................... R
ENG 1(2) BLEED STATUS FAULT.........................................................................................................................S
ENG 1(2) BOWED ROTOR PROTECTION FAULT................................................................................................T
ENG 1(2) COLD FUEL............................................................................................................................................U
ENG 1(2) COMPRESSOR VANE........................................................................................................................... V
ENG 1(2) CTL SYS FAULT................................................................................................................................... W
ENG 1(2) CTL VALVE FAULT................................................................................................................................ X
ENG 1(2) EGT(FF)(N1)(N2) DISCREPANCY......................................................................................................... Y
ENG 1(2) EGT(EPR)(FF)(N1)(N2) DISCREPANCY................................................................................................Z
ENG 1(2) EGT EXCEEDED DURING AIR START.............................................................................................. AA
Continued on the following page
MI-00 Preamble
MI-00-01 Approval Reference
Approval Reference................................................................................................................................................. A
MI-00-07 Definitions
Definitions.................................................................................................................................................................A
MI-22-30 Autothrust
22-30-01 Autothrust (A/THR)...................................................................................................................................A
22-30-02 Autothrust Instinctive Disconnect pb ...................................................................................................... B
22-30-03 Autothrust Disengagement Warning........................................................................................................ C
MI-23 Communications
MI-23-00 MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD page
23-00-01 CIDS 1(2) MAINTENANCE Message...................................................................................................... A
MI-23-40 Interphone
23-40-01 Ground External Horn.............................................................................................................................. A
23-40-02 Flight Crew Interphone System............................................................................................................... B
23-40-03 Flight Crew to Ground Communication System...................................................................................... C
23-40-04 Service Interphone Jack.......................................................................................................................... D
MI-23-73-02 DEU A
23-73-02-01 Cabin DEU A...................................................................................................................................... A
23-73-02-02 Lavatory DEU A.................................................................................................................................. B
Continued on the following page
MI-23-73-06 Handset
23-73-06-01 Cockpit Handset..................................................................................................................................A
23-73-06-02 Cabin Handset.................................................................................................................................... B
23-73-06-03 Cabin Handset Key.............................................................................................................................C
MI-25 Equipment/Furnishings
MI-25-07 Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page
25-07-01 Passenger Door Slide Permanently Indicated Armed on the DOOR/OXY SD page .............................. A
25-07-02 Passenger Door Slide Permanently Indicated Not Armed on the DOOR/OXY SD page ........................ B
25-07-03 Overwing Emergency Exit Slide Permanently Indicated Armed on the DOOR/OXY SD page ............... C
25-07-04 Overwing Emergency Exit Slide Permanently Indicated Not Armed on the DOOR/OXY SD page ......... D
MI-25-40 Lavatories
25-40-01 Toilet Waste Compartment Flapper Door................................................................................................ A
25-40-02 Exterior Lavatory Ashtray.........................................................................................................................B
25-40-03 Interior Lavatory Ashtray..........................................................................................................................C
MI-28 Fuel
MI-28-00 MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD page
28-00-01 FUEL MAINTENANCE Message............................................................................................................. A
MI-32-41 Wheels
32-41-01 Nose Wheel Tie Bolt................................................................................................................................A
32-41-02 Main Wheel Tie Bolt................................................................................................................................ B
MI-32-51 Steering
32-51-01 Nose Wheel Steering Control System..................................................................................................... A
32-51-02 Rudder PEDALS DISC pb ......................................................................................................................B
32-51-03 NWS Electrical Deactivation Box.............................................................................................................C
32-51-04 PARKING BRAKE light on the NWS Electrical Deactivation Box............................................................D
MI-33 Lights
MI-33-01 Overhead Panels
MI-33-01-01 ANN LT Overhead Panel
33-01-01-01 TEST Function of ANN LT sw............................................................................................................A
33-01-01-02 DIM Function of ANN LT sw.............................................................................................................. B
33-01-01-03 BRT Function of ANN LT sw..............................................................................................................C
MI-34-11 Sensors
34-11-01 Angle of Attack (AOA) Sensor.................................................................................................................A
34-11-02 CAPT Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element Connected to the ADR 1.......................................B
34-11-03 CAPT Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element Connected to the ADR 3...................................... C
34-11-04 F/O Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element Connected to the ADR 2..........................................D
MI-35 Oxygen
MI-35-01 Overhead Panels
MI-35-01-01 OXYGEN Overhead Panel
35-01-01-01 CREW SUPPLY pb-sw OFF light ......................................................................................................A
35-01-01-02 PASSENGER SYS ON light ..............................................................................................................B
35-01-01-03 HI ALT LANDING pb-sw ON light ..................................................................................................... C
35-01-01-31 MANUAL Control of the MASK MAN ON pb .................................................................................... D
35-01-01-32 AUTO Control of the MASK MAN ON pb...........................................................................................E
35-01-01-33 HI ALT LANDING pb-sw ....................................................................................................................F
Continued on the following page
MI-36 Pneumatic
MI-36-00 MAINTENANCE Message on the STATUS SD page
36-00-01 AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE Message................................................................................................... A
MI-52 Doors
MI-52-01 Overhead Panels
MI-52-01-01 CKPT DOOR CONT Normal Overhead Panel
52-01-01-01 CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel...................................................... A
52-01-01-02 STRIKE (TOP, MID, BOT) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel.................................B
52-01-01-03 Pressure Rate Sensor on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel................................................ C
MI-56 Windows
MI-56-10 Cockpit
56-10-01 Front Windshield...................................................................................................................................... A
56-10-02 Lateral Fixed/Sliding Window...................................................................................................................B
56-10-03 Sliding Window Opening/Closing Mechanism......................................................................................... C
MI-56-20 Cabin
56-20-01 Cabin Window.......................................................................................................................................... A
Continued on the following page
MI-73-10 Distribution
73-10-01 Fuel Return Valve.................................................................................................................................... A
73-10-03 Fuel Metering Valve................................................................................................................................. B
73-10-04 Engine HP Fuel Valve............................................................................................................................. C
MI-73-20 Controlling
73-20-01 Flex Takeoff Mode................................................................................................................................... A
73-20-02 Derated Takeoff Mode............................................................................................................................. B
73-20-04 EPR Control Mode...................................................................................................................................C
73-20-05 Minimum Idle on Ground......................................................................................................................... D
73-20-06 EEC ACFT 28V Power Supply................................................................................................................ E
MI-73-25 Protection
73-25-01 Engine Overthrust Protection System......................................................................................................A
Continued on the following page
MI-75 Air
MI-75-22 Engine Bearing Cooling System
75-22-01 Buffer Air Check Valve............................................................................................................................ A
MI-78 Exhaust
MI-78-08 Indications on the EWD
78-08-01 REV Indication on the EWD ................................................................................................................... A
MI-79 Oil
MI-79-07 Indications on the ENGINE SD page
79-07-01 CLOG Indication on the ENGINE SD page.............................................................................................A
79-07-02 Oil Pressure Indication and Advisory on the ENGINE SD page .............................................................B
79-07-03 Oil Quantity Indication on the ENGINE SD page ...................................................................................C
79-07-04 Oil Temperature Indication on the ENGINE SD page............................................................................. D
3
MI-79-09 ECAM Alerts
79-09-01 ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR Alert...................................................................................................................... A
79-09-02 ENG 1(2) OIL FILTER CLOG Alert......................................................................................................... B
Continued on the following page
MI-79-20 Distribution
79-20-01 Air Cooled Oil Cooler (ACOC) Modulating Valve.................................................................................... A
79-20-02 EMCD Visual Pop-Out Indicator.............................................................................................................. B
MI-80 Starting
MI-80-01 ENG MAN START Overhead Panel
80-01-31 ENG MAN START pb-sw ....................................................................................................................... A
APPROVAL REFERENCE
Ident.: MI-00-01-20800001.9001001 / 25 MAY 16
Applicable to: ALL
1
MEL Dated 23 MAR 2017
Based on MMEL Dated 16 JAN 17, 01 FEB 17, 20 FEB 17, 27 FEB 17 & 20 MAR 17
MEL Approval Reference DDG/NR/MG/003/153
MEL Approved By DGCA
MEL Approval Date 18 APR 17
The MMEL (reference STL 11000) is developed to improve the aircraft utilization and thereby to
provide more convenient and economic air transportation for the public.
The MMEL is a document that lists the system, function, or equipment which may be temporarily
inoperative, subject to certain conditions, while maintaining an acceptable level of safety. It does not
contain obviously required items such as wings, flaps, and rudders.
ALL ITEMS RELATED TO THE AIRWORTHINESS OF THE AIRCRAFT AND NOT INCLUDED IN
THE MMEL ARE AUTOMATICALLY REQUIRED TO BE OPERATIVE FOR DISPATCH.
Non-safety related equipment such as galley equipment and passenger convenience items need not
be listed.
The MMEL is the basis for the development of individual Operator's MEL which take into
consideration the Operator's particular aircraft equipment configuration and operational conditions. In
order to maintain an acceptable level of safety and reliability, the MMEL establishes limitations on the
duration of and conditions for operation with inoperative item.
1. The Minimum Equipment List (MEL) is based on the Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL).
2. MEL enables operators to rapidly dispatch an aircraft and avoid unnecessary delays or flight
cancellations, without compromising safety.
3. CAR requires that all equipment installed on an aircraft in compliance with the airworthiness
standards and operating rules must be operative. However, the rules also permit operation of
an aircraft under Minimum Equipment List (MEL) where compliance with certain equipment
requirements for limited period is not necessary, when the remaining Instruments and equipment
provide an acceptable level of safety under all operating conditions without adversely affecting
the airworthiness of the aircraft.
4. Therefore certain conditional deviations from the original requirement are authorized to permit
continued or uninterrupted operation of the aircraft in revenue flight : they are published in the
MEL.
5. The MEL may differ in format from the MMEL, but cannot be less restrictive than MMEL.
6. The acceptable Deficiency/Minimum Equipment list (as approved by DGCA) is compiled with a
view to assist the pilot and Engineers to determine where basic installations may be deficient of
certain items without affecting the safety and airworthiness of the aircraft.
7. The MEL must not deviate from Aircraft Flight Manual Limitations, Emergency procedures or
Airworthiness directives and DGCA regulations.
8. Suitable conditions and limitations in the form of placards, maintenance procedures, crew
operational procedures, and other restrictions are necessary in the MEL to ensure that an
acceptable level of safety is maintained.
9. The MEL is intended to permit operation with inoperative items of equipment for a period of time
as per the category mentioned in the MEL.
10. A controlled and sound repair programme providing the parts, personnel, facilities, procedures to
ensure timely repair shall be in place. For aircrafts under MEL all efforts must be made to carry
out necessary rectification action to clear the MEL whenever the aircraft passes through or night
halts at the main base (DELHI) subject to availability of time and spares.
11. When an item is discovered to be inoperative, it is reported by making an entry in the Aircraft
Technical Logbook.
12. MEL conditions and limitations do not relieve Indigo from ensuring that the aircraft is in condition
for safe operation with items of equipment inoperative.
13. MEL shall be invoked by appropriately licensed / approved persons.
14. It is, however emphasized that existence of this list in no way absolves the Captain or the
Engineer/ Approved person from ensuring that the aircraft is safe for the proposed flight taking
into consideration all aspects and circumstances of the flight. Notwithstanding the MEL an AME
need not certify the aircraft for flight or a pilot need not accept the aircraft for flight if is considered
that it is unsafe to do so.
15. Deficiency list (MEL) need not include items like wings, flight controls, complete engines, landing
gears etc. the airworthiness and correct functioning of which is absolutely necessary before any
flight. It may also not include items like galley equipment, entertainment systems, passenger
convenience equipment which do not affect the airworthiness of the aircraft.
16. A copy of the approved MEL shall be carried on board the aircraft.
After all cabin doors are closed, the Commander may accept a defect by applying the appropriate
MEL item(s) to continue with the flight. In this case, he shall ensure that all conditions listed below
are observed:
1. The MEL item associated with the defect can be identified. If the defect is not covered by the
MEL, no dispatch is allowed unless it is a non-airworthiness item.
2. All dispatch requirements and (O) procedure, if any, associated with the MEL item can be
satisfied.
3. The flight crew shall be satisfied that the interface or interrelationship between inoperative
systems or components will result in an acceptable level of safety and/ or crew workload.
Even when all the above mentioned conditions are met, the Commander may, at his sole
discretion, still elect not to continue with the flight.
In electing to continue with the flight, he must be satisfied at all times that the flight can be
conducted safely. The commanders decision in this regard shall be final and overriding.
In accepting a defect to continue with the flight after the cabin doors are closed, the Commander
should consider any potential impact the defect and the associated (O) procedure, if any, may
have on the flight and its subsequent sectors in terms of safety, flight operations (e.g. crew
workload required for the ensuing landing) and maintenance before proceeding.
When a defect is accepted and the flight is continued he shall record the defect in the Technical
Log at the end of the flight.
At all times, it is incumbent upon the crew to ensure that all SOPs are adhered to while the above
procedure is being applied.
In flight, the flight crew should inform OCC & MCC of the defect and the associated MEL
application through ACARS/VHF. Such information may help in the preparation of defect
rectification at the next station.
Note: 1. Refer ECAM Failure Message in MEL ENTRIES ME: Under column Aircraft Status
ascertain whether failure warning is Actual or False (System failure or Indication
Failure). Under Condition of Dispatch if note says NO DISPATCH, then discontinue
flight/return to parking stand if able.
2. If Dispatch is permitted, then apply MEL ITEMS MI. This may lay down some
preconditions for Dispatch. In addition there could be (O) and/or (M) actions listed out.
There could be further reference to Operations Procedures (MO Section) in case of
(O) and AMM reference in case of (M).
a. In case of (O): Apply (O) procedure. If conditions are met continue with flight.
b. In case of (M): Captain has the discretion to apply FCOM abnormal procedures and
continue with the flight. Alternately return to Bay.
c. Report snag upon arrival at destination in both cases.
MAINTENANCE ACTION
Ident.: MI-00-04-00012619.0001001 / 15 MAY 15
Applicable to: ALL
Whenever an aircraft is released by the maintenance for dispatch with items inoperative, the
following is required:
1. The technical logbook aboard the aircraft must contain a detailed description of the inoperative
item(s), special advice to the flight crew, if necessary, and information about corrective action
taken.
2. All inoperative systems and components shall be appropriately placarded as per MEL. To the
extent practical, placards should be located adjacent to the control or indicator for the item
affected.
3. The procedure for entries in Aircraft Technical Log are to be followed before releasing the
aircraft for flight. If, however the aircraft has commenced on a flight leg , the operating crew may
proceed or return after ascertaining that appropriate limitation for the inoperative unit/ system are
understood. The term that Aircraft has commenced on a flight leg will be interpreted as when the
aircraft pushback commences from a pushback bay or moves under its own power from a non
push back bay.
4. Whenever the MEL requires any maintenance action, the current and updated Maintenance
Manual (AMM) should be used.
5. The information of release of aircraft under MEL shall be brought to notice of Flight Dispatch
Division for their necessary action.
6. When an item of equipment discovered to be inoperative is under MEL it is reported by making
entry in Aircraft Tech log. Appropriate records should be maintained by AME/ Approved person
concerned at the transit station from which the aircraft is released with such deficiency, for further
reference purposes.
REPAIR INTERVAL
Ident.: MI-00-05-00012620.0001001 / 08 JUL 14
Applicable to: ALL
Inoperative items, deferred in accordance with the MEL, must be rectified at or before the expiration
of the repair interval that is established by the following letter designators given in the "Repair
Interval" column.
Repair Interval A : No standard interval is specified, however, items in this category shall
be rectified in accordance with the dispatch conditions stated in the
MEL.
Where a time period is specified in calendar days, it shall start at 00:01
on the calendar day following the day of discovery.
Where a time period is specified in number of flights or flight hours, it
shall start at the beginning of the first flight following the discovery of
the failure.
Repair Interval B : Items in this category shall be rectified within three (3) consecutive
calendar days, excluding the day of discovery.
For example, if it were recorded at 13:00 on January 26th, the 3-day
interval begins at 00:01 on January 27th and ends at 23:59 on January
29th.
Repair Interval C : Items in this category shall be rectified within ten (10) consecutive
calendar days, excluding the day of discovery.
For example, if it were recorded at 13:00 on January 26th, the 10-day
interval begins at 00:01 on January 27th and ends at 23:59 on February
5th.
Repair Interval D : Items in this category shall be rectified within one hundred and twenty
(120) consecutive calendar days, excluding the day of discovery.
For the purpose of Categorization, the Flight Day means a 24 hour period (from midnight to
midnight) in Universal Coordinated time (UTC), during which at least one flight is initiated for the
affected aircraft.
DEFINITIONS
Ident.: MI-00-07-00012622.0001001 / 25 MAY 16
Applicable to: ALL
1
Calendar day : A 24 hour period from 00:01 to 23:59 based on either UTC or local
time, as selected by the Operator.
Centralized Fault Display : It identifies the faulty system for maintenance purpose and is not
System (CFDS) required for dispatch of the aircraft.
Considered inoperative : The listed item of equipment must be treated as inoperative.
For example, MEL item 36-11-05 Bleed Air Precooler indicates that
associated bleed air supply system is considered inoperative and
therefore MEL item 36-11-01 Bleed Air Supply System must be applied.
Therefore, the considered inoperative MEL item must also be entered
and the associated dispatch conditions must be applied, including the
respective (o) and (m) procedures if any.
The considered inoperative item shall not be used or operated until
the original deferred item is repaired.
The shorter rectification interval between the initial inoperative item and
the considered inoperative item shall be applied.
... provided that system : Crew members should not activate, actuate, or otherwise utilise the
X is not used system X under normal operations. It is not necessary for the operator
to accomplish the (m) procedure associated with the system X item.
However, operations-related provisions, (o) procedures must be
complied with. An additional placard must be affixed, to the extent
practical, adjacent to the control or indicator for the system that is not
used to inform crew members that the system is not to be used under
normal operations.
Daylight operations : Period between the beginning of the morning civil twilight and the end
Flight : For the purpose of an MEL, one flight is defined as the period of time
that begins the moment at which an aircraft begins to move by its own
means in preparation for takeoff, continues during takeoff and the
applicable flight phases, and ends when the aircraft lands and comes to
a complete stop in its parking area.
Icing Conditions : Refer to AFM/LIM-GEN Icing Conditions Definition.
Inoperative : The listed item of equipment is unserviceable or malfunctioning to
the extent that it does not accomplish its intended purpose, or is
not consistently functioning within its designed operating limits or
tolerances.
Some systems have been designed to be fault tolerant and are
monitored by digital computers which transmit fault messages to the
CFDS. The presence of this category of fault messages does not mean
that the system is inoperative.
... provided that system : The system X must not be reported to be inoperative in the logbook.
X is operative
... provided that system : The system X must be checked and confirmed operative via either an
X is checked operative (o) and/or an (m) procedure.
Required cabin attendant: A seat in the aeroplane cabin which meets the following conditions:
seat Where the certification of the cabin requires this seat to be occupied
by a qualified cabin crew member as specified in the Operations
Manual, and
This seat is a part of the station to which a qualified cabin crew
member is to be assigned for the flight, and
The qualified cabin crew member assigned to the station is a
member of the minimum cabin crew designated for the flight.
VMC (Visual : Under IFR or VFR the crew must maintain Visual Meteorological
Meteorological Conditions.
Conditions)
ECAM
The A320 Family aircraft is equipped with the Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring (ECAM)
which provides different levels of aircraft systems monitoring messages:
ECAM warning
ECAM advisory
ECAM caution
ECAM memo.
ECAM warning and ECAM caution messages are listed in the "MEL Entries" section.
ECAM advisory and ECAM memo messages are not listed in the "MEL Entries" section.
HANDLING OF MAINTENANCE MESSAGES ON THE STATUS SD page
At the beginning of each ATA chapter of the "MEL Item" section, the related MAINTENANCE
messages which may be displayed on the STATUS SD page are listed in the Sub-Chapter "00"
with the associated dispatch status.
A MAINTENANCE message indicates the presence of a category of failure which can only be
identified by interrogation of the CFDS.
All MAINTENANCE messages have a repair interval C except the following messages: DAR, DMU
or ACMS, QAR and ICE DETECT which have a repair interval D.
Dispatch with MAINTENANCE messages displayed on the STATUS SD page is permitted without
condition except for the following message:
AIR BLEED: Refer to Item 36-00-01 AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE Message.
ECAM
The A320 Family aircraft is equipped with the Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring (ECAM)
which provides different levels of aircraft systems monitoring messages:
ECAM warning
ECAM advisory
ECAM caution
ECAM memo.
ECAM warning and ECAM caution messages are listed in the "MEL Entries" section.
ECAM advisory and ECAM memo messages are not listed in the "MEL Entries".
HANDLING OF MAINTENANCE MESSAGES ON THE STATUS SD page
At the beginning of each ATA chapter of the "MEL Item" section, the related MAINTENANCE
messages which may be displayed on the STATUS SD page are listed in the Sub-Chapter "00"
with the associated dispatch status.
A MAINTENANCE message indicates the presence of a category of failure which can only be
identified by interrogation of the CFDS.
Operator must implement procedures to manage the MAINTENANCE messages and associated
CFDS messages, to handle fault recording and repair within the repair interval C (10 days).
All MAINTENANCE messages have a repair interval C except the following messages: DAR, DMU
or ACMS&QAR which have a repair interval D.
Dispatch with MAINTENANCE messages displayed on the STATUS SD page is permitted without
condition.
21-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
PACK 1(2) MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
21-00-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
ZONE CONT MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
21-00-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
AFT CRG HEAT MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
21-00-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
TEMP CTL 1(2) MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
21-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
21-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
21-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that all zone duct temperature indications are operative on the
COND SD page.
21-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
21-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
21-01-03-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
21-01-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
21-01-04-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
21-01-04-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
21-07-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
21-07-01-02 Pack Turbine Bypass Valve Position Indication on the BLEED SD page
Ident.: MI-21-07-01-00007513.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
21-07-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
21-07-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
21-07-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
21-07-01-05 Pack Flow Control Valve Position Indication on the BLEED SD page
Ident.: MI-21-07-01-00007516.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
21-07-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
21-07-01-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
21-07-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.
21-07-02-02 Pressure Safety Valves Position Indication on the CAB PRESS SD page
Ident.: MI-21-07-02-00007519.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
21-07-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) Pressure safety valves may be indicated open provided that both valves are visually
checked closed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-31-00-040-004
21-07-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
21-07-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 0 No
One or more indications may be inoperative.
21-07-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 0 No
Cabin and cockpit zone indications may be inoperative.
21-09-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be displayed provided that both safety valves are visually checked closed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-31-00-040-005
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-21-01A Cabin Fan
21-23-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that all duct temperatures indications for the cabin are
operative on the COND SD page.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-23-01B Lavatory and Galley Extraction Fan
21-26-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The avionics skin exchanger inlet bypass valve is manually secured in the closed
position, and
2) The avionics ventilation system is checked before each flight.
Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-26-03A Avionics Skin Exchanger Inlet Bypass Valve
(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-001
21-26-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The internal flap is manually secured in the open position, and
2) The skin air outlet valve is displayed in a partially open position amber or green on the
CAB PRESS SD page, and
3) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
4) The skin exchanger isolation valve is secured in the open position, and
5) The avionics ventilation system is checked before each flight.
Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.
Continued on the following page
21-26-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.
21-26-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The avionics air conditioning inlet valve is manually secured in the open position, and
2) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
3) The avionics ventilation is checked before each flight.
Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-26-08A Avionics Air Conditioning Inlet Valve
(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-003
21-26-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
2) The BLOWER pb-sw and the EXTRACT pb-sw are set to OVRD, and
3) The air conditioning inlet valve and the skin air outlet valve are checked in the correct
position before each flight, and
4) The extract fan is checked operative before each flight, and
5) The skin air inlet valve is secured in the closed position.
Note: During ground operations, correct avionics ventilation should be provided.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-26-10A Avionics Equipment Ventilation Computer (AEVC)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-005
21-28-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-28-03A AFT Cargo Extraction Fan
2
21-28-04B Deactivated in the closed position
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
(o) (m) One or both may be inoperative provided that both AFT cargo isolation valves are
deactivated in the closed position.
Continued on the following page
21-31-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be inoperative in the closed position provided that:
1) Both automatic cabin pressure control systems are operative, and
2) The three outflow valve motors are checked operative.
Continued on the following page
21-31-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-31-04A Landing Elevation Selection AUTO Function
21-31-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The landing elevation selection AUTO function is operative, and
2) Both FMGCs are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-31-05A Landing Elevation Selection MAN Function
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-43-02B AFT Cargo Compartment Heating (Inoperative valve secured
in the closed position)
(m) Refer to AMM
21-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
21-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-51-03A Pack Flow Sensor
21-61-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
21-61-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-61-02A Pack Controller Primary Channel
Note: 1. Unequal passengers distribution may cause high temperature in the rear cabin when
more than one trim air valves are inoperative or when the hot air pressure regulating
valve is closed.
2. The temperature in the cockpit may be low when the hot air pressure regulating valve is
closed combined with single pack operation.
Note: 1. Unequal passengers distribution may cause high temperature in the rear cabin when the
hot air pressure regulating valve is closed.
2. The temperature in the cockpit may be low when the hot air pressure regulating valve is
closed combined with single pack operation.
Note: 1. Unequal passengers distribution may cause high temperature in the rear cabin when
more than one trim air valves are inoperative or when the hot air pressure regulating
valve is closed.
2. The temperature in the cockpit may be low when the hot air pressure regulating valve is
closed combined with single pack operation.
22-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
22-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
1
22-05-01A Inoperative on one FMA
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
(o) One or more indications may be inoperative on one FMA.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-05-01A AP Related Indications on the FMA (inoperative on one FMA)
22-05-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative on one or both FMAs.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-05-03A Approach and Landing Capabilities on the FMA
22-05-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 No
MAN PITCH TRIM ONLY is required on one side.
22-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-10-02A Flight Director (FD)
22-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Both must be operative.
22-10-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-10-05A AUTO LAND light
22-10-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The AP is not engaged.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-10-06A AP Disengagement Warning
22-10-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 1 No
(o) One or two may be inoperative unlocked provided that no autoland is performed.
Continued on the following page
22-10-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-10-08A AP/FD TCAS Mode
22-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the autothrust (A/THR) is disconnected before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-30-01A Autothrust (A/THR)
22-30-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative provided that the ability to disconnect the autothrust (A/THR) via
the remaining Instinctive Disconnect pb and by the FCU A/THR pb is checked before each
flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-30-02A Autothrust Instinctive Disconnect pb
22-30-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the autothrust (A/THR) is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-30-01 Autothrust (A/THR)
22-60-01 FAC 1
Ident.: MI-22-60-00007539.0001001 / 15 MAY 15
Applicable to: ALL
22-60-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
(m) Must be operative.
For Maintenance Procedure, refer to :
AMM 27-22-00-040-001
AMM 27-23-00-040-001
Note: The AUTO FLT FAC 1 FAULT alert may be displayed with the associated AUTO
FLT/FAC1/28VDC C/B tripped.
This may be due to a short circuit within either rudder trim actuator channel 1 or
rudder travel actuator channel 1.
In this case, the FAC 1 may be recovered provided that the affected part of the
faulty actuator is deactivated using the associated maintenance procedure.
Refer to Item 27-22-01 Rudder Trim System, or
Refer to Item 27-23-01 Rudder Travel Limiter System (Including Rudder and
Pedals Travel Limiter Units)
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM
22-60-02 FAC 2
Ident.: MI-22-60-00007540.0001001 / 18 JUL 12
Applicable to: ALL
22-60-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) All ADIRSs, ELACs, SECs, SFCCs, LGCIUs and RAs are operative, and
2) The Rudder Travel Limiter System 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-60-04 Yaw Damper System, and
Refer to Item 27-22-01 Rudder Trim System, and
Refer to Item 27-23-01 Rudder Travel Limiter System (Including Rudder and Pedals
Travel Limiter Units)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-60-02A FAC 2
22-60-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided:
1) Predictive windshear warning and Guidance System operates normally.
-or-
2) Takeoff and Landings are not conducted in known or forecast wind shear condition.
22-60-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-60-04A Yaw Damper System
22-70-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
The onboard Navigation Database must be current & valid for Basic RNP 1/RNAV 1 &
RNAV 2/RNP APCH and RNP AR APCH operations.
22-70-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
22-70-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
22-81-01-01 AP Engagement pb
Ident.: MI-22-81-01-00007549.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
22-81-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated autopilot (AP) is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-10-01 Autopilot (AP)
22-81-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the autothrust (A/THR) is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-30-01 Autothrust (A/THR)
22-81-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
22-81-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
22-81-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
3 3 No
Must be operative.
22-81-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that operations do not required its use.
22-81-01-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the HDG-V/S selection is operative.
22-81-01-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the SPD selection is operative.
22-81-01-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
22-81-01-09B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated indications are operative on
both PFDs and both NDs.
22-81-01-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated indication is operative on both
PFDs.
22-81-01-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
22-81-01-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
22-81-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
22-81-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative provided that the unit required for the intended flight is
operative on both EFIS control panels.
22-81-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Both must be operative.
22-81-02-04 FD pb
Ident.: MI-22-81-02-00007563.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
22-81-02-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated FD is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-10-02 Flight Director (FD)
22-81-02-05 LS pb
Ident.: MI-22-81-02-00007564.0002001 / 25 JUL 14
Applicable to: ALL
22-81-02-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated ILS is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-30-04 Instrument Landing System (ILS)
22-81-02-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 10 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
1
22-81-02-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) One may be inoperative provided that the ND unit associated with the operative ND range
selector is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-81-02-07A ND Range Selector
2
22-81-02-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) One may be inoperative provided that the ND unit associated with the operative ND mode
selector is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-81-02-08A ND Mode Selector
22-81-02-09 ADF/VOR sw
Ident.: MI-22-81-02-00007568.0001001 / 15 SEP 10
Applicable to: ALL
22-81-02-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated ADF/VOR indication on ND is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-06-06 Radio Navaids Indications on the ND
22-81-02-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated indication is operative on both
PFDs.
22-81-02-11 Optional Data (ARPT, NDB, VOR.D, WPT, CSTR) Display pb light Bars
Ident.: MI-22-81-02-00007570.0001001 / 15 SEP 10
Applicable to: ALL
22-81-02-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 10 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
22-82-01 MCDU 1
Ident.: MI-22-82-00007572.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
1
22-82-01B Flight within navaids coverage
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The MCDU 2 is operative, and
3) The flight remains within radio navaids coverage.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-82-01B MCDU 1
22-82-02 MCDU 2
Ident.: MI-22-82-00007573.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
2
22-82-02B Flight within navaids coverage
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the flight remains within radio navaids coverage.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-82-02B MCDU 2
22-82-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
23-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
CIDS 1(2) MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
23-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
23-01-01-31B ON position
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative in the ON position.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-01-01-31B RCDR GND CTL pb-sw (Inoperative in the ON position)
Continued on the following page
23-01-01-33A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 23-71-01 Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR)
23-01-02-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
23-01-02-32 CALLS EMER pb, CALLS FWD pb, CALLS EXIT pb, CALLS AFT pb
Ident.: MI-23-01-02-00007587.0001001 / 03 JUL 14
Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI,
VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY,
VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO,
VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL,
VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX,
VT-INY, VT-INZ
23-01-03-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
23-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 No
(o) One or both may be displayed provided that :
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The affected HF is deactivated and considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 23-10-01 HF System
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-09-01A COM HF 1(2) EMITTING Alert
23-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 No
(o) May be displayed provided that :
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The affected HF is deactivated and considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 23-10-01 HF System
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-09-01A COM HF 1(2) EMITTING Alert
23-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
3 No
(o) One or more may be displayed provided that :
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The affected VHF is deactivated and considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 23-10-02 VHF System
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-09-02A COM VHF 1(2)(3) EMITTING Alert
23-10-01 HF System
Ident.: MI-23-10-00007588.0001001 / 14 MAY 15
1 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDO, VT-IDR, VT-IDU, VT-IDV, VT-IEA,
VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ,
VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG,
VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW,
VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ,
VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ
23-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
Both HF may be inoperative provided VHF coverage is available.
Note: For EDTO, if HF is required, HF 1 voice mode must be operative.
23-10-01 HF System
Ident.: MI-23-10-00007588.9001002 / 29 MAY 15
2 Applicable to: VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE, VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDM, VT-IDN,
VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDS, VT-IDT, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHB, VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF,
VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV,
VT-ITW
23-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided VHF coverage is available.
Note: For EDTO, if HF is required, HF 1 voice mode must be operative.
23-10-02B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 1 Yes
VHF-1 must be serviceable.
Note: 1. For EDTO, the VHF 1 must be operative.
2. The VHF 3 may be used as one of the VHFs required by regulations, provided
that the VHF 3 is set to VOICE mode before each flight.
23-10-02B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
VHF-1 must be serviceable.
23-13-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
RMP 2 or RMP 3 may be inoperative.
23-13-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
All must be operative.
23-13-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 11 0 Yes
One may be inoperative on each RMP provided that :
1) VHF 1 selection key is operative on RMP 1, and
2) If HF is required, HF 1 selection key is operative on RMP 1.
23-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
ACARS may be inoperative.
23-31-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
Note: 1. In the case of partial failure of the passenger address system, refer to the
item(s) of the affected system(s).
2. Total failure of the passenger address system (indicated by the COM CIDS 1+2
FAULT alert displayed on the EWD) is not permitted.
23-31-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
23-40-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-40-01A Ground External Horn
23-40-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative for each person on cockpit duty.
23-40-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-40-03A Flight Crew to Ground Communication System
23-40-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 8 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
23-51-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
23-51-02 Boomset
Ident.: MI-23-51-00007602.0001001 / 27 JUN 14
Applicable to: ALL
23-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 3 2 No
One may be inoperative or missing.
23-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative, or missing, or removed.
23-51-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
Only F/O loudspeaker may be inoperative provided that at least one crewmember on
cockpit duty wears a boomset for the entire flight.
23-51-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative provided that the affected crewmember on cockpit duty wears a
boomset for the entire flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-51-05A Cockpit Loudspeaker Volume Control
23-51-06B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) One or both may be inoperative in the open position (non transmitting position) provided
that the INT/RAD sw on CAPT ACP, on F/O ACP and on ACP 3 are operative.
Note: Apply the maintenance procedure only when the inoperative sidestick PTT sw is
failed in the closed position (transmitting position).
Continued on the following page
23-52-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) One may be inoperative provided that :
1) ACP 3 is operative, and
2) The AUDIO SWITCHING selector is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-52-01A CAPT and F/O ACP
23-52-02 ACP 3
Ident.: MI-23-52-00007610.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
23-52-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
23-52-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
23-71-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided:
1) DFDR/FDR operates normally.
2) Repairs are made within three flight days.
23-72-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative (Subject to any special alert given by authorities).
23-73-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
The CIDS function must be operative.
Note: 1. This MEL item relates to complete failure of the CIDS function (Failure of both
CIDS Directors).
2. Failure of one CIDS Director is indicated by a CIDS 1(2) MAINTENANCE
message on the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 23-00-01 CIDS 1(2) MAINTENANCE Message.
3. In the case of disturbance of the CIDS function, deactivation of the affected
CIDS Director may recover normal operation of the CIDS function.
Refer to AMM TASK 23-73-00-040-001.
23-73-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
The CIDS function must be operative.
Note: 1. This MEL item relates to complete failure of the CIDS function (Failure of both
CIDS Directors).
2. Failure of one CIDS Director is indicated by a CIDS 1(2) MAINTENANCE
message on the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 23-00-01 CIDS 1(2) MAINTENANCE Message.
3. In the case of disturbance of the CIDS function, removal of the affected CIDS
Director may recover normal operation of the CIDS function.
Refer to AMM TASK 23-73-00-040-001.
23-73-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected lavatory is closed and placarded
inoperative.
23-73-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that :
1) One DEU B and the associated handset are operative at each pair of floor level exit
doors, and
2) The slide bottle pressure and door bottle pressure associated with each affected DEU
B are checked on the associated direct reading pressure gauge before the first flight of
each day.
Refer to Item 25-62-06 Passenger Door Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP, and
Refer to Item 52-10-06 DOOR PRESS LOW/CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on
the PTP/FAP
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-73-03-01A Cabin DEU B
23-73-03-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) One DEU B and the associated handset are operative at each pair of floor level exit
doors, and
2) The slide bottle pressure and door bottle pressure associated with each affected DEU
B are checked on the associated direct reading pressure gauge before the first flight of
each day, and
3) The associated lavatory fire extinguisher system is checked operative, and
4) The absence of smoke in the affected lavatory is periodically checked.
Refer to Item 25-62-06 Passenger Door Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP, and
Refer to Item 52-10-06 DOOR PRESS LOW/CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on
the PTP/FAP, and
Refer to Item 26-17-01 Lavatory Smoke Detection System.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-73-03-01B Cabin DEU B
23-73-04-02A
23-73-05-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
One or more may be inoperative provided that no seat is occupied from which a passenger
cannot hear a passenger announcement.
23-73-05-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-73-05-02A Lavatory Loudspeaker
23-73-06-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the cockpit audio control panel (ACP) is used for the
communication between the cockpit and the cabin.
23-73-06-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 Yes
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that one handset is operative at each pair of floor
level exit doors.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-73-06-02A Cabin Handset
23-73-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-73-07-01A Prerecorded Announcement and Music Reproducer
(PRAM)
23-73-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative or missing.
23-73-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
23-73-10-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the restrictions concerning lavatory smoke detection
system and cargo smoke detection system are applied.
Refer to Item 26-17-01 Lavatory Smoke Detection System, and
Refer to Item 26-16-01 Smoke Detector in the FWD Cargo Compartment and
Refer to Item 26-16-02 Smoke Detector in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments
Note: Failure of a single CIDS-SDF channel is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message
on the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message
23-74-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that associated Forward Attendant Panel functions are
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 23-73-07-01 Prerecorded Announcement and Music Reproducer (PRAM), and
Refer to Item 23-73-09-01 Emergency Cockpit Alerting System (ECAS), and
Refer to Item 23-74-12 CIDS Caution Light of the Forward Attendant Panel, and
Refer to Item 23-74-13 Lighting Module of the Forward Attendant Panel
23-74-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the safety related messages on the FAP are considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-62-07 Overwing Emergency Exit Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-74-01A FAP Display Unit
23-74-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that associated Forward Attendant Panel functions are
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 23-73-07-01 Prerecorded Announcement and Music Reproducer (PRAM), and
Refer to Item 23-74-12 CIDS Caution Light of the Forward Attendant Panel, and
Refer to Item 23-74-13 Lighting Module of the Forward Attendant Panel
23-74-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
23-74-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
23-74-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the display of the safety related messages on PTP are
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-06 DOOR PRESS LOW/CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the
PTP/FAP, and
Refer to Item 25-62-06 Passenger Door Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP, and
Refer to Item 25-62-07 Overwing Emergency Exit Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP
23-74-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 52-10-06 DOOR PRESS LOW/CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the
PTP/FAP
23-74-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 52-10-06 DOOR PRESS LOW/CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the
PTP/FAP
23-74-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 25-62-06 Passenger Door Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP
and Refer to Item 25-62-07 Overwing Emergency Exit Slide Pressure Message on the
PTP/FAP
23-74-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 25-62-06 Passenger Door Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP
and Refer to Item 25-62-07 Overwing Emergency Exit Slide Pressure Message on the
PTP/FAP
23-74-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
23-74-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
23-74-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
23-74-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
23-74-12A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that PTP messages are checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-74-12A CIDS Caution Light of the Forward Attendant Panel
23-74-13A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-74-13A Lighting Module of the Forward Attendant Panel
24-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be displayed provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The AC ESS BUS SHED is checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-09-01A ELEC AC ESS BUS SHED Alert
24-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be displayed provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The AC ESS BUS SHED is checked operative before each flight, and
3) HF 1 is deactivated.
Refer to Item 23-10-01 HF System
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-09-01A ELEC AC ESS BUS SHED Alert
24-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be displayed provided that the alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-50-00-040-001
24-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
24-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
24-01-01-03 GEN pb-sw FAULT light and APU GEN pb-sw FAULT light
Ident.: MI-24-01-01-00008426.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
24-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 1 Yes
One GEN pb-sw FAULT light and/or the APU GEN pb-sw FAULT light may be inoperative
provided that the associated generator indications are operative on the ELEC SD page.
24-01-01-04 GEN pb-sw OFF light and APU GEN pb-sw OFF light
Ident.: MI-24-01-01-00008427.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
24-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
24-01-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the AC ESS bus indication is operative on the ELEC SD
page.
24-01-01-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the AC ESS bus indication is operative on the ELEC SD
page.
24-01-01-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-01-01-07A EXT PWR pb-sw AVAIL light
24-01-01-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
24-01-01-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) For each generator, the AC load indication is operative on the ELEC SD page, and
2) The GALY & CAB automatic load shed system is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-01-01-09A GALLEY/GALY & CAB pb-sw FAULT light
24-01-01-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
24-01-01-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
24-01-01-12A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
24-01-01-13A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative provided that the frequency and the temperature indications of the
affected generator are operative on the ELEC SD page.
24-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
24-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
(o) One or more indications related to the AC generation may be inoperative provided that:
1) The load, voltage, and frequency indications are operative on one engine driven
generator , and
2) The associated ELEC GEN 1(2) FAULT alert is operative, and
3) The galley automatic load shed system is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-07-01A AC Generation Indications on the ELEC SD page
24-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 0 No
One or more indications related to the DC generation may be inoperative.
24-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be displayed.
24-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be displayed provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The AC ESS BUS SHED is checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-09-01A ELEC AC ESS BUS SHED Alert
24-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be displayed provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The AC ESS BUS SHED is checked operative before each flight, and
3) HF 1 is deactivated.
Refer to Item 23-10-01 HF System
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-09-01A ELEC AC ESS BUS SHED Alert
24-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be displayed provided that the alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-50-00-040-001
24-22-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The flight altitude is limited to 33 500 ft, and
3) The APU and AC auxiliary generation are operative and used throughout the flight, and
4) The APU fuel pump is operative, and
5) The APU oil quantity is checked to be adequate before each flight, and
6) All busses have power, and
7) The indications and alerts for the remaining AC main generation and the AC auxiliary
generation are operative, and
8) The galley automatic load shed system is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-22-01A AC Main Generation (IDG, GCU, Line Contactor)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 24-20-00-040-001
24-22-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The flight altitude is limited to 33 500 ft, and
3) The APU and AC auxiliary generation are operative and used throughout the flight, and
4) The APU fuel pump is operative, and
5) The APU oil quantity is checked to be adequate before each flight, and
6) The fuel recirculation system associated with the operative IDG is checked operative
before each flight, and
7) All busses have power, and
8) The indications and alerts for the remaining AC main generation and the AC auxiliary
generation are operative, and
9) The galley automatic load shed system is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-22-01A AC Main Generation (IDG, GCU, Line Contactor)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 24-20-00-040-001
24-22-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The flight altitude is limited to 33 500 ft, and
3) The APU and AC auxiliary generation are operative and used throughout the flight, and
4) The APU fuel pump is operative, and
5) The APU oil quantity is checked to be adequate before each flight, and
6) The bypass valves of the IDG heat exchangers of the remaining AC main generation
are checked operative before each flight, and
7) All busses have power, and
8) The indications and alerts for the remaining AC main generation and the AC auxiliary
generation are operative, and
9) The galley automatic load shed system is checked operative, and
10) If the associated IDG is disconnected, the wing tank fuel temperature on the affected
side is checked to be above 39 C before engine start.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-22-01A AC Main Generation (IDG, GCU, Line Contactor)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 24-20-00-040-001
24-22-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
Note: When the GPCU/GAPCU Auxiliary Power Control function and the APU Generator are both
inoperative, the engines cannot be started.
24-23-01A Non EDTO flight and APU GEN pb-sw set to OFF
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The APU GEN pb-sw is set to OFF.
24-23-01B EDTO 90 min flight and APU GEN pb-sw set to OFF
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative for four flights provided that:
1) EDTO beyond 90 min is not conducted, and
2) The APU GEN pb-sw is set to OFF.
24-24-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
24-24-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The RAT extension manual control is checked operative every day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-20-00-040-002
24-24-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that EDTO is not conducted.
24-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw is set to NORM, and
2) It is checked on the ELEC SD page that the AC BUS 1 supplies the AC ESS BUS, and
3) The TR 2 is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-25-01A Manual Transfer to the AC BUS 2 (ALTN Function)
24-25-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw is set to NORM, and
2) It is checked on the ELEC SD page that the AC BUS 1 supplies the AC ESS BUS, and
3) The TR 2 is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-25-02A Automatic Transfer to the AC BUS 2
24-26-02 GALY & CAB Manual Load Shed System (GALY & CAB pb-sw)
Ident.: MI-24-26-00008448.0004001 / 27 JUN 11
Applicable to: ALL
24-26-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-26-03A Commercial Supply System
24-28-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
24-32-01A TR 1 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) TR 1 may be inoperative provided that EDTO is not conducted.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-32-01A DC Main Generation (TR 1 inoperative)
24-32-01B TR 2 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) (m) TR 2 may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The AC ESS FEED control is checked operative every day, and
3) The standby IAS indicator is operative, and
4) The standby altimeter is operative, and
5) The standby horizon is operative, and
6) The standby compass is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-32-01B DC Main Generation (TR 2 inoperative)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-30-00-040-002
24-32-01A TR 1 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) TR 1 may be inoperative provided that EDTO is not conducted.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-32-01A DC Main Generation (TR 1 inoperative)
24-32-01B TR 2 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) (m) TR 2 may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The AC ESS FEED control is checked operative every day, and
3) The ISIS airspeed indication is operative, and
4) The ISIS altitude indication is operative, and
5) The ISIS attitude indication is operative, and
6) The standby compass is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-32-01B DC Main Generation (TR 2 inoperative)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-30-00-040-002
24-34-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
24-35-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative in the open position.
24-35-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
24-38-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Must be operative.
24-38-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
(o) (m) One may be inoperative for 10 flights provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) No APU start is attempted neither on ground nor in flight, and
3) Both AC main generations are operative, and
4) The refueling is made with an external power unit connected, and
5) The battery associated with the inoperative BCL is charged before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-38-02A Battery Charger Limiter (BCL)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-30-00-040-001
24-38-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated voltage indication is operative
on the ELEC SD page.
24-41-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
Note: When the GPCU/GAPCU Ground Power Control function and the APU Generator
are both inoperative, the engines cannot be started.
24-41-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that the receptacle is placarded inoperative and not used.
Note: When the GPCU/GAPCU Ground Power Control function and the APU Generator
are both inoperative, the engines cannot be started.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-41-00-040-001
Note: The correct indication may be recovered by performing the AMM task 52-70-00-040-007.
25-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
(o) One or more may be permanently indicated in the armed position provided that the
associated slide is visually checked to be armed before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-07-01A Passenger Door/Cabin Passenger Door - Emergency Exit
Slide Permanently Indicated Armed on the DOOR/OXY SD page
Note: The correct indication may be recovered by performing the AMM task 52-70-00-040-007.
Note: The correct indication may be recovered by performing the AMM task 52-70-00-040-007.
25-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) One or both may be permanently indicated in the armed position provided that the
associated slide is visually checked to be armed before the first flight of the day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 52-70-00-040-008
Note: The correct indication may be recovered by performing the AMM task 52-70-00-040-007.
25-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Both must be operative.
25-11-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) One or both may be inoperative provided that the seat is secured in an upright position
acceptable to the affected crewmember.
Continued on the following page
25-11-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the seating position is acceptable to the
affected crewmember.
25-11-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) One or both may be inoperative provided that the electrical adjustment of the associated
seat is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-11-00-040-002
25-11-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
(o) May be inoperative on the F/O seat for three flights.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-11-06A Pilot Seat Shoulder Harness
25-11-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-11-07A Pilot Seat Fifth Strap
25-11-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated armrest position is acceptable
to the affected crewmember.
25-11-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated armrest position is acceptable
to the affected crewmember.
25-11-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
25-11-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
25-11-12A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
25-12-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the seat is not occupied during takeoff and landing.
25-12-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The seat is placarded inoperative, and
2) The seat is not occupied.
25-12-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-12-04A Third Occupant Seat Fifth Strap
25-12-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the seat is not occupied during takeoff and landing.
25-12-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The seat is placarded inoperative, and
2) The seat is not occupied.
25-12-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-12-08A Fourth Occupant Seat Fifth Strap
25-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 180 Yes
May be inoperative provided :
1) Seat does not block an Emergency Exit,
2) Seat does not restrict any passenger to get access to the main aircraft aisle, and
3) Affected seat (s) are blocked and placarded DO NOT OCCUPY
Note: 1. Affected seat(s) may include the seat(s) behind and /or adjacent outboard seat.
2. inoperative seat do not affect the required number of Flight Attendant.
Note: A cabin attendant seat with an inoperative or missing seat belt or harness should be
considered inoperative.
25-20-03B Required cabin attendant seat inoperative using a non required cabin
attendant seat
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 3 No
(o) (m) One required cabin attendant seat may be inoperative or not usable provided that:
1) The cabin attendant assigned to the affected seat occupies the adjacent non-required
cabin attendant seat or the cabin attendant seat that is nearest to the associated exit,
and
2) The non-required cabin attendant seat to be used by cabin attendant is correctly
placarded, and
3) The cabin attendant can reach assigned exit and emergency equipment in nearly the
same time as from normally assigned seat, and
4) The direct view of passengers by cabin attendants is not impaired, and
5) The alternate procedures are established for displaced cabin attendant according to
national regulations, and
6) The affected seat is secured in its stowed position or removed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-20-03B Required Cabin Attendant Seat
(m) Refer to AMM Task 25-22-00-040-001
Continued on the following page
Note: A cabin attendant seat with an inoperative or missing seat belt or harness should be
considered inoperative.
25-20-03B Required cabin attendant seat inoperative using a non required cabin
attendant seat
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 5 3 No
(o) (m) One required cabin attendant seat may be inoperative or not usable provided that:
1) The cabin attendant assigned to the affected seat occupies the adjacent non-required
cabin attendant seat or the cabin attendant seat that is nearest to the associated exit,
and
2) The non-required cabin attendant seat to be used by cabin attendant is correctly
placarded, and
3) The cabin attendant can reach assigned exit and emergency equipment in nearly the
same time as from normally assigned seat, and
4) The direct view of passengers by cabin attendants is not impaired, and
5) The alternate procedures are established for displaced cabin attendant according to
national regulations, and
6) The affected seat is secured in its stowed position or removed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-20-03B Required Cabin Attendant Seat
(m) Refer to AMM Task 25-22-00-040-001
Continued on the following page
Note: A cabin attendant seat with an inoperative or missing seat belt or harness should be
considered inoperative.
25-20-03B Required cabin attendant seat inoperative using a non required cabin
attendant seat
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 7 3 No
(o) (m) One required cabin attendant seat may be inoperative or not usable provided that:
1) The cabin attendant assigned to the affected seat occupies the adjacent non-required
cabin attendant seat or the cabin attendant seat that is nearest to the associated exit,
and
2) The non-required cabin attendant seat to be used by cabin attendant is correctly
placarded, and
3) The cabin attendant can reach assigned exit and emergency equipment in nearly the
same time as from normally assigned seat, and
4) The direct view of passengers by cabin attendants is not impaired, and
5) The alternate procedures are established for displaced cabin attendant according to
national regulations, and
6) The affected seat is secured in its stowed position or removed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-20-03B Required Cabin Attendant Seat
(m) Refer to AMM Task 25-22-00-040-001
Continued on the following page
Note: A cabin attendant seat with an inoperative or missing seat belt or harness should be
considered inoperative.
25-20-03B Required cabin attendant seat inoperative using a non required cabin
attendant seat
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 3 No
(o) (m) One required cabin attendant seat may be inoperative or not usable provided that:
1) The cabin attendant assigned to the affected seat occupies the adjacent non-required
cabin attendant seat or the cabin attendant seat that is nearest to the associated exit,
and
2) The non-required cabin attendant seat to be used by cabin attendant is correctly
placarded, and
3) The cabin attendant can reach assigned exit and emergency equipment in nearly the
same time as from normally assigned seat, and
4) The direct view of passengers by cabin attendants is not impaired, and
5) The alternate procedures are established for displaced cabin attendant according to
national regulations, and
6) The affected seat is secured in its stowed position or removed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-20-03B Required Cabin Attendant Seat
(m) Refer to AMM Task 25-22-00-040-001
Continued on the following page
25-35-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) (m) One or more may be inoperative or missing provided that:
1) The galley waste compartment is empty, and
2) The associated access is secured in the closed position to prevent waste introduction.
Note: Non-safety related galley equipment is not listed in this MEL.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-35-01A Galley Waste Compartment Flapper Door
(m) Refer to AMM 25-35-00-040-001
25-35-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(o) (m) One or more may be inoperative or missing provided that:
1) The galley waste compartment is empty, and
2) The associated access is secured in the closed position to prevent waste introduction.
Note: Non-safety related galley equipment is not listed in this MEL.
Continued on the following page
25-35-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative or missing provided that:
1) The galley waste compartment is empty, and
2) The associated access is secured in the closed position to prevent waste introduction.
Note: Non-safety related galley equipment is not listed in this MEL.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-35-01A Galley Waste Compartment Flapper Door
(m) Refer to AMM 25-35-00-040-001
25-40-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(o) (m) One or more may be inoperative or missing provided that:
1) The toilet waste compartment is empty, and
2) The associated access is secured in the closed position to prevent waste introduction.
Note: Non-safety related toilet equipment is not listed in this MEL.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-40-01A Toilet Waste Compartment Flapper Door
(m) Refer to AMM 25-40-00-040-001
25-50-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 0 No
One or more may be damaged or missing provided that the associated cargo compartment
is empty or does not contain flammable or combustible materials.
25-50-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
No
Refer to Weight and Balance Manual.
25-50-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 0 No
(m) One or more may be damaged provided that:
1) The affected protection panel is removed if the damage prevents correct operation of the
decompression panel, and
2) Bulk loading is not permitted in the section between the affected protection panel and the
closest divider net.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 25-54-00-040-801
25-62-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
25-62-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative or missing provided that the associated Cabin Passenger
Door Slide Raft is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-62-01 Cabin Passenger Door Slide or Slide Raft
Continued on the following page
25-62-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No
(m) One or more messages may be displayed provided that the slide bottle pressure is checked
before the first MEL dispatch and then every 600 flight hours or every 4 months, whichever
occurs first.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-62-00-040-008
25-63-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-63-01A Emergency Evacuation Signaling System (COMMAND pb-sw,
HORN SHUT OFF pb, CAPT&PURS and CAPT sw)
25-64-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 2 No
May be carried on board in unsealed condition provided it is replenished and certified by a
medical practitioner and resealed at the first available opportunity or arrival at base (after
the last flight of the day).
25-64-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 1 No
May be carried on board in unsealed condition provided it is replenished and certified by a
medical practitioner and resealed at the first available opportunity or arrival at base (after
the last flight of the day).
25-64-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided International commercial flight of duration more than 2 hours is
not conducted.
25-64-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 1 No
May be carried on board in unsealed condition provided it is replenished and certified by a
medical practitioner and resealed at the first available opportunity or arrival at base (after
the last flight of the day).
25-65-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
25-65-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 4 No
One or more may be inoperative.
25-65-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 5 4 No
One or more may be inoperative.
25-65-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 7 4 No
One or more may be inoperative.
25-65-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 4 No
All must be operative.
25-65-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be serviceable
25-65-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be damaged or missing.
25-65-06 Megaphone
Ident.: MI-25-65-00008580.0001001 / 27 JUN 14
Applicable to: ALL
25-65-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Both must be operative.
25-66-01A
Flying over water and at a distance of more than 50 NM (93Km) away from the shore;
-or-
Flying en-route over water beyond gliding distance from the shore;
-or-
When taking off or landing at an aerodrome where, the takeoff or approach path is
so disposed over water that in the event of a mishap there would be a likelihood of
ditching.
Note: Any Seat position with an inoperative or missing lifejacket is considered
inoperative or unusable and placarded DO NOT OCCUPY while flight
operating under condition 2) above.
Flying over water and at a distance of more than 50 NM (93Km) away from the shore;
-or-
Flying en-route over water beyond gliding distance from the shore;
-or-
When taking off or landing at an aerodrome where, the takeoff or approach path is
so disposed over water that in the event of a mishap there would be a likelihood of
ditching.
Note: Any Seat position with an inoperative or missing lifejacket is considered
inoperative or unusable and placarded DO NOT OCCUPY while flight
operating under condition 2) above.
Flying over water and at a distance of more than 50 NM (93Km) away from the shore;
-or-
Flying en-route over water beyond gliding distance from the shore;
-or-
When taking off or landing at an aerodrome where, the takeoff or approach path is
so disposed over water that in the event of a mishap there would be a likelihood of
ditching.
Note: Any Seat position with an inoperative or missing lifejacket is considered
inoperative or unusable and placarded DO NOT OCCUPY while flight
operating under condition 2) above.
Flying over water and at a distance of more than 50 NM (93Km) away from the shore;
-or-
Flying en-route over water beyond gliding distance from the shore;
-or-
When taking off or landing at an aerodrome where, the takeoff or approach path is
so disposed over water that in the event of a mishap there would be a likelihood of
ditching.
Note: Any Seat position with an inoperative or missing lifejacket is considered
inoperative or unusable and placarded DO NOT OCCUPY while flight
operating under condition 2) above.
25-66-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative/missing provided all 4 Cabin Passenger Door Slide Rafts are operative.
25-66-02B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative/missing provided extended overwater flight is not conducted.
26-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
SDCU MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
26-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
SMOKE MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
26-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
SDCU MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
26-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
SMOKE MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
26-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 16 8 No
A maximum of four bulbs or LEDs may be inoperative in each ENG FIRE-PUSH pb-sw.
26-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 Yes
(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that the engine extinguishing system firing circuit
is checked operative before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-21-00-040-003
26-01-01-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that the associated engine fire extinguishing and detection
systems are checked operative before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-21-00-040-002
26-01-01-33A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the APU is deactivated.
Refer to Item 49-10-01C Power Plant (APU)
26-01-01-34A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the APU is deactivated.
Refer to Item 49-10-01C Power Plant (APU)
26-01-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the agent bottle 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 26-23-01 Cargo Agent Bottle
26-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO beyond 90 min is not conducted, and
2) The associated detection loop B is operative, and
3) The engine fire test is made before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 26-12-01A Engine Fire Detection Loop
26-12-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated detection loop B is operative, and
2) The engine fire test is made before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 26-12-02A Engine Fire Detection Loop
26-12-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the engine fire test is made before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 26-12-03A Engine Fire Detection Loop
26-12-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO beyond 90 min is not conducted, and
2) The engine fire test is made before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 26-12-04A Engine Fire Detection Loop
26-12-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
26-15-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that EDTO is not conducted.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 26-15-01A Avionics Smoke Detection System
Note: Failure of a single detector in the cavity is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on the
STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message
Note: 1. The cargo smoke detection function is part of the CIDS Smoke Detection Function
(CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
2. Failure of a single detector in the cavity is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on
the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message
Note: 1. The cargo smoke detection function is part of the CIDS Smoke Detection Function
(CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
2. Failure of a single detector in the cavity is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on
the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message
26-16-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
Both detectors may be inoperative provided that the FWD cargo compartment is empty or
does not contain flammable or combustible materials.
26-16-02 Smoke Detector in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments
Ident.: MI-26-16-00008488.0003001 / 10 DEC 15
Applicable to: VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IHB
26-16-02 Smoke Detector in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments
Ident.: MI-26-16-00008488.0008001 / 29 MAY 15
Applicable to: VT-IDM, VT-IDN, VT-IDO, VT-IDS, VT-IDV
Note: Failure of a single detector in the cavity is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on the
STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message
26-16-02 Smoke Detector in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments
Ident.: MI-26-16-00008488.0006001 / 29 MAY 15
3 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDU, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED,
VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET,
VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ,
VT-IFK, VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ,
VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHD, VT-INP,
VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ
Note: 1. The cargo smoke detection function is part of the CIDS Smoke Detection Function
(CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
2. Failure of a single detector in the cavity is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on
the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message
26-16-02 Smoke Detector in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments
Ident.: MI-26-16-00008488.0016001 / 10 DEC 15
Applicable to: VT-IDR, VT-IDT
Note: 1. The cargo smoke detection function is part of the CIDS Smoke Detection Function
(CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
2. Failure of a single detector in the cavity is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on
the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message
26-16-02 Smoke Detector in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments
Ident.: MI-26-16-00008488.0009001 / 18 AUG 16
4 Applicable to: VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO,
VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
Note: 1. The cargo smoke detection function is part of the CIDS Smoke Detection Function
(CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
2. Failure of a single detector in the cavity is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on
the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message
26-16-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No
Both detectors in one or both cavities may be inoperative provided that the AFT and the
BULK cargo compartments are empty or do not contain flammable or combustible materials.
Note: The lavatory smoke detection function is part of CIDS Smoke Detection Function
(CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
26-17-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The FWD, AFT, and BULK cargo smoke detection systems are considered inoperative,
and
2) The lavatory smoke detection system is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 26-16-01 Smoke Detector in the FWD Cargo Compartment, and
Refer to Item 26-16-02 Smoke Detector in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments,
and
Refer to Item 26-17-01 Lavatory Smoke Detection System
Note: Failure of a single SDCU channel is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on
the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 26-00-01 SDCU/SMOKE MAINTENANCE Message
26-22-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the APU is deactivated.
Refer to Item 49-10-01C Power Plant (APU)
26-22-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the APU automatic fire extinguishing control on ground is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 26-22-01 APU Automatic Fire Extinguishing Control on Ground
Note: The cargo smoke detection function is part of CIDS Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
Note: The cargo smoke detection function is part of CIDS Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
Note: The cargo smoke detection function is part of CIDS Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
Note: The cargo smoke detection function is part of CIDS Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF).
Refer to Item 23-73-10-01 Smoke Detection Function (CIDS-SDF)
26-24-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 4 3 No
One at rear may be unserviceable. Aircraft may not depart from a station where
replacement can be made.
26-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
27-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
F/CTL MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
27-00-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
SFCS MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
27-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
27-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
27-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
One may be inoperative.
27-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
27-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
27-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the deflection of the affected aileron through
each servo-control is visually checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-07-02A Aileron Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page
27-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
27-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that the deflection of the affected elevator is
visually checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-07-04A Elevator Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page
27-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that the pitch trim handwheel and the stabilizer are visually
checked to synchronously operate before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-07-05A Pitch Trim Position Indication on the F/CTL SD page
27-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that the deflection of the rudder is visually checked before
each flight.
Continued on the following page
27-07-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
27-07-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
27-07-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
27-07-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 10 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the deflection of the affected surface is
visually checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-07-11A Spoilers/Speedbrakes Indication on the F/CTL SD page
27-07-12A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 10 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the deflection of the affected surface is
visually checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-07-12A Spoilers/Speedbrakes Indication on the WHEEL SD page
27-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
27-08-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
27-14-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) It is electrically disconnected, and
2) It remains mechanically connected and hydraulically supplied (damping function is not
affected), and
3) The left aileron green servo-control (controlled by ELAC 2) is operative, and
4) The right aileron blue servo-control (controlled by ELAC 2) is operative, and
5) All roll spoilers are operative, and
6) The TR 1 and TR 2 are operative, and
7) The DC TIE contactor 1PC1 is checked closed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-14-01A Left Aileron Blue Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 1)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-14-00-040-001
27-14-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) It is electrically disconnected, and
2) It remains mechanically connected and hydraulically supplied (damping function is not
affected), and
3) All roll spoilers are operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-14-00-040-001
27-14-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) It is electrically disconnected, and
2) It remains mechanically connected and hydraulically supplied (damping function is not
affected), and
3) The right aileron blue servo-control (controlled by ELAC 2) is operative, and
4) The left aileron green servo-control (controlled by ELAC 2) is operative, and
5) All roll spoilers are operative, and
6) The TR 1 and TR 2 are operative, and
7) The DC TIE contactor 1PC1 is checked closed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-14-03A Right Aileron Green Servo-Control (Controlled by ELAC 1)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-14-00-040-001
27-21-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The rudder pedals can be secured in a position which meets individual pilot
requirements, and
2) The full and unrestricted movement of the rudder pedals and brake pedals deflection is
possible at both pilot stations.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-21-01A Rudder Pedal Adjustment System
27-22-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that one rudder trim position indication is operative.
27-22-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the rudder trim position is checked centered on the F/CTL
SD page before takeoff.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-22-03A Rudder Trim Position Indication on the Center Pedestal
27-23-01A
27-34-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
4 4 No
All must be operative.
27-34-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 8 4 No
(m) One transducer per servo-control must be operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-34-00-040-001
27-40-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
27-51-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) (m) SFCC 2 flap channel may be inoperative provided that:
1) It is deactivated, and
2) The slats and flaps are checked operative on SFCC 1, and
3) The SFCC 1 flap WTB is checked operative before the first MEL dispatch and then every
day, and
4) All ELACs, SECs, LGCIUs, RAs, FACs and ADIRS are operative, and
5) The minimum idle on ground is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 73-20-05 Minimum Idle on Ground
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-51-01A SFCC Flap Channel
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-51-00-040-001
27-51-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) (m) SFCC 2 flap channel may be inoperative provided that:
1) It is deactivated, and
2) The OAT is below ISA+35 C, and
3) The slats and flaps are checked operative on SFCC 1, and
4) The SFCC 1 flap WTB is checked operative before the first MEL dispatch and then every
day, and
5) All ELACs, SECs, LGCIUs, RAs, FACs and ADIRS are operative, and
6) The minimum idle on ground is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 73-20-05 Minimum Idle on Ground
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-51-01A SFCC Flap Channel
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-51-00-040-001
27-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No
(o) (m) One or two solenoids associated with the SFCC 2 may be inoperative provided that the
SFCC 1 flap WTB is checked operative before the first MEL dispatch and then every day.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-51-02A Flap Wing Tip Brakes Solenoid
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-51-00-040-004
27-54-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
The valve block associated with SFCC 2 may be inoperative provided that the SFCC 2 flap
channel is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 27-51-01 SFCC Flap Channel
27-54-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Both must be operative.
27-64-01 Spoiler 5
Ident.: MI-27-64-00008349.0002001 / 22 MAR 10
1 Applicable to: VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE, VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDM, VT-IDN,
VT-IDO, VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDR, VT-IDS, VT-IDT, VT-IDU, VT-IDV, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED,
VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET,
VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ,
VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR,
VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ, VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI,
VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
27-64-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) (m) The pair of spoilers 5 may be inoperative provided that:
1) The affected spoiler is deactivated in the retracted position, and
2) The pairs of spoilers 1, 2, 3, and 4 are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-64-01A Spoiler 5
(m) Refer to AMM 27-64-00-040-001
27-64-01 Spoiler 5
Ident.: MI-27-64-00008349.0008001 / 26 NOV 12
Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL,
VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ
27-64-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) (m) The pair of spoilers 5 may be inoperative provided that:
1) The affected spoiler is deactivated in the retracted position, and
2) The pairs of spoilers 1, 2, 3, and 4 are operative, and
3) The MTOW is limited to 76 400 kg (168 430 lb).
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-64-01A Spoiler 5
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-64-00-040-001
27-64-02 Spoiler 1 or 3
Ident.: MI-27-64-00008351.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
27-64-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No
(o) (m) One pair of spoilers 1 or 3 may be inoperative provided that:
1) The affected spoiler is deactivated in the retracted position, and
2) The pairs of spoilers 2, 4, and 5 are operative, and
3) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-64-02A Spoiler 1 or 3
(m) Refer to AMM 27-64-00-040-001
27-64-03 Spoiler 2 or 4
Ident.: MI-27-64-00008354.0002001 / 22 MAR 10
2 Applicable to: VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE, VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDM, VT-IDN,
VT-IDO, VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDR, VT-IDS, VT-IDT, VT-IDU, VT-IDV, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED,
VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET,
VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ,
VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR,
VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ, VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI,
VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
27-64-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No
(o) (m) One pair of spoilers 2 or 4 may be inoperative in the retracted position provided that:
1) The affected spoiler is deactivated in the retracted position, and
2) The pairs of spoilers 1, 3, and 5 are operative, and
3) The SFCC 2 flap channel is operative, and
4) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
Continued on the following page
27-64-03 Spoiler 2 or 4
Ident.: MI-27-64-00008354.0008001 / 26 NOV 12
Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL,
VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ
27-64-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No
(o) (m) One pair of spoilers 2 or 4 may be inoperative in the retracted position provided that:
1) The affected spoiler is deactivated in the retracted position, and
2) The pairs of spoilers 1, 3, and 5 are operative, and
3) The SFCC 2 flap channel is operative, and
4) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied, and
5) If the pair of spoilers 4 is inoperative, the MTOW is limited to 76 400 kg (168 430 lb).
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-64-03A Spoiler 2 or 4
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-64-00-040-001
27-64-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
(o) (m) The pairs of spoilers 1 and 2 may be inoperative in the retracted position provided that:
1) The affected spoilers are deactivated in the retracted position, and
2) The pairs of spoilers 3, 4, and 5 are operative, and
3) The SFCC 2 flap channel is operative, and
4) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
Continued on the following page
27-64-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
(o) (m) The pairs of spoilers 3 and 4 may be inoperative in the retracted position provided that:
1) The affected spoilers are deactivated in the retracted position, and
2) The pairs of spoilers 1, 2, and 5 are operative, and
3) The TR 1 and TR 2 are operative, and
4) The DC TIE contactor 1PC1 is checked closed, and
5) The SFCC 2 flap channel is operative, and
6) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-64-05A Spoilers 3 and 4
(m) Refer to AMM 27-64-00-040-001
27-64-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
(o) (m) The pairs of spoilers 3 and 4 may be inoperative in the retracted position provided that:
1) The affected spoilers are deactivated in the retracted position, and
2) The pairs of spoilers 1, 2, and 5 are operative, and
3) The TR 1 and TR 2 are operative, and
4) The DC TIE contactor 1PC1 is checked closed, and
5) The SFCC 2 flap channel is operative, and
6) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied, and
7) The MTOW is limited to 76 400 kg (168 430 lb).
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-64-05A Spoilers 3 and 4
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-64-00-040-001
27-84-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
27-84-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
The valve block associated with SFCC 2 may be inoperative provided that the SFCC 2 slat
channel is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 27-51-02 SFCC Slat Channel
27-84-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Both must be operative.
27-92-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
4 4 No
All must be operative.
27-92-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
27-92-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
27-93-01 ELAC 1
Ident.: MI-27-93-00008385.0008001 / 15 MAY 15
Applicable to: ALL
27-93-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) ELAC 1 or any ELAC 1 function may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) All SECs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs, ADIRS and FACs are operative, and
3) The pairs of spoilers 2, 3, 4, and 5 are operative, and
4) The TR 1 and the TR 2 are operative, and
5) Both accelerometers associated with the ELAC 2 are checked operative before each
flight, and
6) All sidesticks transducers associated with the ELAC 2 and the three SECs are checked
operative before each flight, and
7) The DC TIE contactor 1PC1 is checked closed, before each flight, and
8) The elevators and roll spoilers control is checked operative through the SECs before
each flight.
Note: F/O take-over pb cannot disengage AP 1.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-93-01A ELAC 1
(m) Refer to AMM 27-93-00-040-001
27-93-02 ELAC 2
Ident.: MI-27-93-00008386.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
27-93-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
27-93-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
27-94-01 SEC 1
Ident.: MI-27-94-00008390.0002001 / 29 MAY 15
1 Applicable to: VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE, VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDM, VT-IDN,
VT-IDO, VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDR, VT-IDS, VT-IDT, VT-IDU, VT-IDV, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED,
VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET,
VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ,
VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR,
VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ, VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI,
VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
27-94-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) It is deactivated, and
3) The SEC 2 and the SEC 3 are operative, and
4) All ELACs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs, FACs and ADIRS are operative, and
5) The SFCC 2 flap channel is operative, and
6) All aileron servo-controls associated with the operative SECs are operative, and
7) The TR 1 and TR 2 are operative, and
8) The sidestick transducers associated with the ELACs and the operative SECs are
checked operative before each flight, and
9) The DC TIE contactor 1PC1 is checked closed, before each flight, and
10) The elevators control through the SEC 2 and the ELACs and the roll spoilers control
through the operative SECs are checked operative before each flight, and
11) The Flight Manual performance penalties for the pairs of spoilers 3 and 4 inoperative
are applied.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-94-01A SEC 1
(m) Refer to AMM 27-94-00-040-002
27-94-01 SEC 1
Ident.: MI-27-94-00008390.0012001 / 15 MAY 15
Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL,
VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ
27-94-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) It is deactivated, and
3) The SEC 2 and the SEC 3 are operative, and
4) All ELACs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs, FACs and ADIRS are operative, and
5) The SFCC 2 flap channel is operative, and
6) All aileron servo-controls associated with the operative SECs are operative, and
7) The TR 1 and TR 2 are operative, and
8) The sidestick transducers associated with the ELACs and the operative SECs are
checked operative before each flight, and
9) The DC TIE contactor 1PC1 is checked closed, before each flight, and
10) The elevators control through the SEC 2 and the ELACs and the roll spoilers control
through the operative SECs are checked operative before each flight, and
11) The Flight Manual performance penalties for the pairs of spoilers 3 and 4 inoperative
are applied, and
12) The MTOW is limited to 76 400 kg (168 430 lb).
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-94-01A SEC 1
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-94-00-040-002
27-94-02 SEC 2
Ident.: MI-27-94-00008392.0002001 / 08 AUG 13
2 Applicable to: VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE, VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDM, VT-IDN,
VT-IDO, VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDR, VT-IDS, VT-IDT, VT-IDU, VT-IDV, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED,
VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET,
VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ,
VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR,
VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ, VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI,
VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
27-94-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) It is deactivated, and
2) The SEC 1 and the SEC 3 are operative, and
3) All ELACs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs, FACs and ADIRS are operative, and
4) All aileron servo-controls and roll spoilers associated with the operative SECs are
operative, and
5) The sidestick transducers associated with the ELACs and the operative SECs are
checked operative before each flight, and
6) The elevators control through the SEC 1 and the ELACs and the roll spoilers control
through the operative SECs are checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-94-02A SEC 2
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-94-00-040-002
27-94-02 SEC 2
Ident.: MI-27-94-00008392.0012001 / 08 AUG 13
Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL,
VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ
27-94-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) It is deactivated, and
2) The SEC 1 and the SEC 3 are operative, and
3) All ELACs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs, FACs and ADIRS are operative, and
4) All aileron servo-controls and roll spoilers associated with the operative SECs are
operative, and
5) The sidestick transducers associated with the ELACs and the operative SECs are
checked operative before each flight, and
6) The elevators control through the SEC 1 and the ELACs and the roll spoilers control
through the operative SECs are checked operative before each flight.
7) The MTOW is limited to 76 400 kg (168 430 lb).
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-94-02A SEC 2
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-94-00-040-002
27-94-03 SEC 3
Ident.: MI-27-94-00008394.0001001 / 08 AUG 13
Applicable to: ALL
27-94-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) It is deactivated, and
2) The SEC 1 and SEC 2 are operative, and
3) The SFCC 2 flap channel is operative, and
4) All aileron servo-controls and roll spoilers associated with the operative SECs are
operative, and
5) The Flight Manual performance penalties for the pairs of spoilers 1 and 2 inoperative are
applied.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-94-03A SEC 3
27-95-01 FCDC 1
Ident.: MI-27-95-00008395.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
27-95-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
27-95-02 FCDC 2
Ident.: MI-27-95-00008396.0001001 / 26 NOV 13
Applicable to: ALL
27-95-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-95-02A FCDC 2
28-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
FUEL MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
28-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that the corresponding pump is set to OFF when
the associated tank is empty.
28-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that the corresponding pump indication is
operative on the FUEL SD page.
28-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the X FEED indication is operative on the FUEL SD page.
28-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the X FEED indication is operative on the FUEL SD page.
28-01-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the corresponding pump is set to OFF when
there is no fuel in the center tank.
28-01-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the corresponding transfer valve is set to OFF
when there is no fuel in the center tank.
28-01-01-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the corresponding pump indication is
operative on the FUEL SD page.
28-01-01-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the corresponding transfer valve indication is
operative on the FUEL SD page.
28-01-01-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that all tank pumps indications are operative on the FUEL SD
page.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-01-01-07A FUEL MODE SEL pb-sw FAULT light
28-01-01-07B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that all wing tank pumps and center tank transfer valves
indications are operative on the FUEL SD page.
28-07-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-07-01-01A Fuel On Board (FOB) Indication on the FUEL SD page
28-07-01-02 Fuel Quantity Indication (FQI) in Degraded Mode on the FUEL SD page
Ident.: MI-28-07-01-00008271.0001001 / 27 JUN 11
Applicable to: ALL
28-07-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 0 No
(o) One or more FQI may be in the degraded mode (with dashes on the two last digits)
provided that the loss of accuracy is taken into account for the fuel planning for each
affected tank.
Note: The Fuel On Board indication is also in the degraded mode.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-07-01-02A Fuel Quantity Indication (FQI) in Degraded Mode on the
FUEL SD page
2
28-07-01-03B High level fuel detection system checked operative before refueling and
associated inner tank indication operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The high level fuel detection system is checked operative before refueling, and
2) The tanks in both wings are full, and
3) The associated fuel used indication is operative, and
4) The associated inner tank indication is operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 28-40-00-040-802
Continued on the following page
4
28-07-01-03D High level fuel detection system checked operative before refueling
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 2 1 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The high level fuel detection system is checked operative before refueling, and
2) The tanks in both wings are full, and
3) The associated fuel used indication is operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 28-40-00-040-802
7
28-07-01-04B High level fuel detection system checked operative before refueling
1) The high level fuel detection system is checked operative before refueling, and
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 28-40-00-040-803
28-07-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No
One in each wing or both in one wing may be inoperative.
28-07-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
28-07-03-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
28-07-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated LP valve is checked operative
before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 28-40-00-040-009
28-07-04-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The APU LP valve is secured in the closed position and,
2) The APU is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 49-10-01 Power Plant (APU)
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 28-40-00-040-001
28-07-04-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) (m) One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The fuel quantity indications of the associated inner and outer tanks are operative, and
2) The transfer valve operation is checked before each flight and when used in flight.
Continued on the following page
28-07-04-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
28-07-05-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
28-07-06-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 73-07-01 Fuel Used Indication on the ENGINE SD page
28-07-06-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
28-12-01 Overpressure Protector between the Inner and the Outer Tank
Ident.: MI-28-12-00008195.0001001 / 02 APR 13
Applicable to: ALL
28-12-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be broken or missing.
Continued on the following page
28-12-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Both must be operative.
28-12-04 Overpressure Protector between the Center and the Inner Tank
Ident.: MI-28-12-00008198.0002001 / 27 JUN 11
Applicable to: ALL
28-12-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
28-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-20-01A Automatic Fuel Feed System
3
28-21-01B Use of JP4/JET B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 3 Yes
(o) (m) Pump 2 LH or pump 2 RH may be inoperative when JP4/JET B is used provided that:
1) The fuel return valve is checked operative before each flight, and
2) The fuel temperature is less than 30 C.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-21-01B Wing Tank Pump
(m) Refer to AMM 28-21-00-040-001
8
28-21-01B Use of JP4/JET B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 3 Yes
(o) Pump 2 LH or pump 2 RH may be inoperative when JP4/JET B is used provided that the
fuel temperature is less than 30 C.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-21-01B Wing Tank Pump
28-21-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 3 No
One may be inoperative provided that the associated pump is set to OFF when the center
tank is feeding.
28-23-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
28-24-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 3 No
(m) One may be inoperative on one engine provided that:
1) The affected motor is deactivated, and
2) The remaining motor is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-24-00-040-002
28-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
28-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
28-25-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 0 Yes
One or more indications may be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity is continuously
monitored on the FUEL SD page during refueling and defueling.
28-25-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that the valve is secured in the closed position.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-25-00-040-004
28-25-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that the aircraft is manually refueled.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-25-00-040-008
28-25-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
1
28-29-01B Secured closed
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) It is secured in the closed position, and
2) The APU is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 49-10-01 Power Plant (APU)
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 28-29-00-040-002
28-43-01B High level fuel detection and fuel used indication operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 11 0 No
(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The high level fuel detection system is checked operative before refueling, and
2) The tanks in both wings are full, and
3) The associated fuel used indication is operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-012
28-43-01B High level fuel detection and fuel used indication operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 9 0 No
(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The high level fuel detection system is checked operative before refueling, and
2) The tanks in both wings are full, and
3) The associated fuel used indication is operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-40-00-040-012
28-43-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that it is not required for refueling and defueling procedures.
28-46-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity is continuously monitored
during refueling.
28-46-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity is continuously monitored during
refueling.
28-46-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
28-50-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative for 10 calendar days provided that EDTO is not conducted.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-50-01A Fuel Quantity Indicating Computer (FQIC) Channel
28-50-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
(o) (m) One may be inoperative for 10 calendar days provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is manually refueled.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-50-01A Fuel Quantity Indicating Computer (FQIC) Channel
(m) Refer to AMM Task 12-11-28-650-004
29-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated reservoir quantity indication is
operative on the HYD SD page.
Note: Simultaneous illumination of the BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw FAULT light and the
ENG 1(2) PUMP pb-sw FAULT light with engines off may be due to a failed engine
oil low pressure switch. In this case, the ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR alert is inoperative.
Refer to Item 79-09-01 ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR Alert
29-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated reservoir quantity indication is
operative on the HYD SD page.
Note: Simultaneous illumination of the BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw FAULT light and the
ENG 1(2) PUMP pb-sw FAULT light with engines off may be due to a failed engine
oil low pressure switch. In this case, the ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR alert is inoperative
and the dispatch is not permitted.
29-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
29-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
29-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated reservoir quantity indication is
operative on the HYD SD page.
Note: Simultaneous illumination of the BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw FAULT light and the
ENG 1(2) PUMP pb-sw FAULT light with engines off may be due to a failed engine
oil low pressure switch. In this case, the ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR alert is inoperative.
Refer to Item 79-09-01 ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR Alert
29-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated reservoir quantity indication is
operative on the HYD SD page.
Note: Simultaneous illumination of the BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw FAULT light and the
ENG 1(2) PUMP pb-sw FAULT light with engines off may be due to a failed engine
oil low pressure switch. In this case, the ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR alert is inoperative
and the dispatch is not permitted.
29-01-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
29-01-01-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the quantity indications of the yellow and green reservoir
are operative on the HYD SD page.
29-01-01-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
29-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
29-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
29-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
29-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
29-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
29-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated HYD B(G)(Y) RSVR LO LVL alert is checked operative, and
2) The associated reservoir quantity is checked before each flight.
For Maintenance Procedure, refer to :
AMM 29-31-00-040-001
AMM 29-31-00-040-002
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM
29-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the RAT is visually checked to be stowed before each
flight.
29-07-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated system pressure is checked
available before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-07-07A System Label Indication on the HYD SD page
29-07-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
(o) One may be inoperative provided that the associated system label indication is checked
operative before each flight.
Continued on the following page
29-07-09A
erroneous or missing.
29-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be displayed provided that the associated system pressure indication is
operative.
29-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be displayed.
29-09-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be displayed provided that:
1) The associated system pressure indications are operative, and
2) The engine pumps are checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-09-03A HYD G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP LO PR Alert
29-09-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that the air pressure is checked on the associated
reservoir before each flight.
For Maintenance Procedure, refer to :
AMM 29-34-00-040-001
AMM 29-34-00-040-002
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM
29-09-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
One may be displayed provided that the associated reservoir quantity is checked on the
HYD SD page before each flight.
Note: 1. When the alert is displayed on the EWD, the associated PUMP pb-sw FAULT
light and the PTU pb-sw FAULT light (if the green or the yellow system is
affected) may simultaneously come on.
Refer to Item 29-01-01-01 B(Y) ELEC PUMP pb-sw FAULT light, and
Refer to Item 29-01-01-04 G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP pb-sw FAULT light, and
Refer to Item 29-01-01-06 PTU pb-sw FAULT light
2. If the blue reservoir is affected, EMER GEN may appear in the INOP SYS
column on the STATUS SD page before engine start.
29-09-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
The HYD G RSVR OVHT alert or the HYD Y RSVR OVHT alert may be displayed.
29-09-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be displayed provided that the PTU is checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-09-07A HYD PTU FAULT Alert
29-09-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be displayed provided that the RAT integrity is checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-30-00-040-001
29-09-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(o) One or more may be displayed provided that the associated system pressure is checked
available before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-09-09A HYD G(B)(Y)(B+G)(G+Y)(B+Y) SYS LO PR Alert
29-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Both must be operative.
29-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
29-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 1 No
(o) The automatic control may be inoperative provided that the pump is manually operated.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-10-03A Blue System Electric Pump
29-10-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected accumulator is deactivated.
For Maintenance Procedure, refer to :
AMM 29-10-00-040-004
AMM 29-10-00-040-005
AMM 29-10-00-040-006
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
29-10-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
29-10-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Both must be operative.
29-10-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that it is removed.
For Maintenance Procedure, refer to :
AMM 29-10-00-040-001
AMM 29-10-00-040-002
AMM 29-10-00-040-003
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM
29-22-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
29-23-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 1 No
(o) PTU may continuously run when set to AUTO provided that the operation of the PTU in both
directions is checked before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-23-01A Power Transfer Unit (PTU)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-24-01A Yellow System Electric Pump
30-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D No
ICE DETECT MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
30-00-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
ENG 1(2) A.ICE MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
30-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
30-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
30-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
30-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated low speed function is
operative.
30-01-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
30-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
30-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
30-09-01A Associated ENG 1(2) A.ICE VALVE OPEN subtitle displayed on the EWD
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be displayed provided that:
1) The associated ENG 1(2) A.ICE VALVE OPEN subtitle is displayed on the EWD, and
2) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 30-09-01A ANTI ICE ENG 1(2) CTL FAULT Alert
30-09-01B Associated ENG 1(2) A.ICE MON FAULT subtitle displayed on the EWD
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be displayed provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The associated ENG 1(2) A.ICE MON FAULT subtitle is displayed on the EWD, and
3) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions along the intended
route.
30-21-01A One or two inoperative in the closed position on the same engine
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 Yes
(o) One or two PRSOVs on the same engine may be inoperative in the closed position provided
that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions along the intended
route.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 30-21-01A Engine Anti-Ice Valve (Inop in the closed position)
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
30-42-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions, and
2) All heaters and failure alerts on the front and sliding windows associated with the
operative computer are checked operative every day.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 30-42-01A Window Heat Computer
(m) Refer to AMM 30-42-00-040-001
30-42-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 30-42-02A Fixed Lateral Window and Sliding Window Heating
30-42-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative provided that the aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing
conditions.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 30-42-03A Windshield Heating
30-42-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
Automatic control may be inoperative provided that the PROBES/WINDOW HEAT system is
manually selected.
30-42-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
30-45-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
Note: No entry in the logbook is required when it is installed but intentionally deactivated.
30-71-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated galleys and lavatories are not used, and
2) The associated lavatory water supplies are closed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-71-00-040-001
30-81-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 30-81-01A Ice Detection System
30-81-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
No
Refer to AFM/MCDL-30-01 Icing Indicator
30-81-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 30-81-03A Lighting of External Visual Icing Indicator
31-00-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D No
ACMS MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
31-00-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
CFDIU MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
31-00-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
DMC 1/3 MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
31-00-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
DMC 2/3 MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
31-00-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
DFDR ACCEL MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page .
31-05-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 22-05-01 AP Related Indications on the FMA
31-05-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 22-05-02 A/THR Related Indications on the FMA
31-05-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 22-05-03 Approach and Landing Capabilities on the FMA
31-05-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 22-05-04 Special Messages on the FMA
31-05-05 Actual Airspeed Reference Line and Scale Indications on the PFD
Ident.: MI-31-05-00007824.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
31-05-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 34-05-01 Actual Airspeed Reference Line and Scale Indication on the PFD
31-05-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 34-05-02 Mach Number Indication on the PFD
31-05-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 34-05-03 VMO/MMO Characteristic Speed Indication on the PFD
31-05-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 34-05-04 Altitude Indication on the PFD
31-05-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 34-05-06 Vertical Speed in Inertial Mode Indication on the PFD
31-05-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 34-05-07 Other Air Data Related Indications on the PFD
31-05-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 34-05-08 Attitude Indication on the PFD
31-05-12A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 34-05-09 Heading Indication on the PFD
31-06-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 34-06-01 Ground Speed Indication on the ND
31-06-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 34-06-02 True Air Speed Indication on the ND
31-06-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 34-06-03 Wind Indication on the ND
31-06-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 34-06-04 Heading Indication on the ND
31-06-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 34-06-05 Position (Aircraft Symbol) Indication on the ND
31-06-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 34-06-06 Radio Navaids Indications on the ND
31-06-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 34-06-07 Chrono Indication on the ND
31-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
No
Refer to corresponding item in the associated ATA chapter.
31-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 1 No
(o) TAT indication must be available.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-07-02A Permanent Data Indications on the SD
31-07-02 Permanent Data (TAT, SAT, GLOAD, UTC, GW) Indications on the SD
Ident.: MI-31-07-00007850.0002001 / 22 SEP 15
Applicable to: VT-IDN, VT-IDO, VT-IDQ, VT-IDS
31-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 5 1 No
(o) TAT indication must be available.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-07-02A Permanent Data Indications on the SD
31-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 7 1 No
(o) TAT indication must be available.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-07-02A Permanent Data Indications on the SD
31-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 1 No
(o) TAT indication must be available.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-07-02A Permanent Data Indications on the SD
31-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
No
Refer to 77-08
31-08-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 28-07-01-01 Fuel On Board (FOB) Indication on the FUEL SD page
31-08-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
31-08-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 27-08-01 Flap Position Indication on the EWD
and Refer to Item 27-08-02 Slat Position Indication on the EWD
31-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The UTC indication from the CFDIU is operative on the permanent data of the SD, and
2) A chrono indication is operative on at least one ND.
Note: During the entire month of February, intermittent erroneous indications (wrong,
over-range or missing digits) of the elapsed time and chronometer functions may
occur if the clock is in GPS mode.
In that case, the flight crew must set the clock selector to internal (INT) mode
in order to recover the elapsed time and chronometer functions. The clock is
considered operative.
When the clock is in INT mode, the flight crew must synchronize the clock with
the GPS at least one time per day to comply with the time precision required for
ATC datalink communication. Refer to FCOM/DSC-31-55-20 Operation in Internal
Mode.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-20-01A Electrical Clock Indicator
31-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
31-30-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided:
1) Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR) operates normally, and,
2) Airplane is not dispatched from an airport where repair/replacement can be made unless:
The SSFDR failure occurs after pushback but prior to take off, or
The SSFDR repair was attempted but was not successful.
3) In those cases where repair is attempted but not successful, the aircraft may be
dispatched on a flight or series of flights until the next designated airport where repair
must be accomplished prior to dispatch and,
4) Repair is made within three (3) flight days.
31-30-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
Note: Failure of DMU part of FDIMU is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on
ECAM STATUS page.
31-30-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided:
1) Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR) operates normally, and,
2) Airplane is not dispatched from an airport where repair/replacement can be made unless:
The SSFDR failure occurs after pushback but prior to take off, or
The SSFDR repair was attempted but was not successful.
3) In those cases where repair is attempted but not successful, the aircraft may be
dispatched on a flight or series of flights until the next designated airport where repair
must be accomplished prior to dispatch and,
4) Repair is made within three (3) flight days.
Note: If FDIU or FDIMU Flight Data Interface function is inoperative the SSFDR is also
inoperative.
Refer to Item 31-30-03 Digital Flight Data Recorder (DFDR)
31-30-07 Printer
Ident.: MI-31-30-00007790.0001001 / 03 JUL 14
Applicable to: ALL
31-30-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
31-38-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
31-38-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
31-38-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
31-53-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) FWC 2 may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-53-01A Flight Warning Computer (FWC)
31-53-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
31-53-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
31-53-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
31-53-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
31-55-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
SDAC 2 may be inoperative.
31-56-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 11 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
31-56-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
31-56-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
31-56-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
31-56-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
31-56-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
31-56-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-56-07A T.O CONFIG pb on the ECP
31-62-01 DMC 1
Ident.: MI-31-62-00007808.0005001 / 18 JUL 12
1 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDR, VT-IDT, VT-IDU, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IEO, VT-IEP,
VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF,
VT-IFG, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV,
VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI,
VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
31-62-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The DMC 2 and DMC 3 are operative, and
2) The ISIS airspeed indication is operative, and
3) The ISIS altitude indication is operative, and
4) The ISIS attitude indication is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative, and
6) The EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to CAPT 3.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-62-01B DMC 1
31-62-01 DMC 1
Ident.: MI-31-62-00007808.0003001 / 29 MAY 15
Applicable to: VT-IDM, VT-IDN, VT-IDO
31-62-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The DMC 2 and DMC 3 are operative, and
2) The ISIS airspeed indication is operative, and
3) The ISIS altitude indication is operative, and
4) The ISIS attitude indication is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative, and
6) The EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to CAPT 3.
31-62-01 DMC 1
Ident.: MI-31-62-00007808.0002001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDS, VT-IDV, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ,
VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY,
VT-IGZ, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ
31-62-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The DMC 2 and DMC 3 are operative, and
2) The standby IAS indicator is operative, and
3) The standby altimeter is operative, and
4) The standby horizon is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative, and
6) The EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to CAPT 3.
31-62-02 DMC 2
Ident.: MI-31-62-00007809.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN,
VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR,
VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ
31-62-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The DMC 1 and DMC 3 are operative, and
2) The standby IAS indicator is operative, and
3) The standby altimeter is operative, and
4) The standby horizon is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative, and
6) The EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to F/O 3, and
7) The AC ESS FEED control is checked operative every day, and
8) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw FAULT light is checked operative every day.
Continued on the following page
31-62-02 DMC 2
Ident.: MI-31-62-00007809.0003001 / 10 DEC 15
Applicable to: VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDS, VT-IDV
31-62-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The DMC 1 and DMC 3 are operative, and
2) The standby IAS indicator is operative, and
3) The standby altimeter is operative, and
4) The standby horizon is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative, and
6) The EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to F/O 3, and
7) The AC ESS FEED control is checked operative every day, and
8) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw FAULT light is checked operative every day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 31-68-00-040-005
31-62-02 DMC 2
Ident.: MI-31-62-00007809.0002001 / 27 JUN 11
2 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDR, VT-IDT, VT-IDU, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IEO, VT-IEP,
VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF,
VT-IFG, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV,
VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI,
VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
31-62-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The DMC 1 and DMC 3 are operative, and
2) The ISIS airspeed indication is operative, and
3) The ISIS altitude indication is operative, and
4) The ISIS attitude indication is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative, and
6) The EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to F/O 3, and
7) The AC ESS FEED control is checked operative every day, and
8) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw FAULT light is checked operative every day.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-62-02A DMC 2
(m) Refer to AMM 31-68-00-040-005
31-62-02 DMC 2
Ident.: MI-31-62-00007809.0004001 / 29 MAY 15
Applicable to: VT-IDM, VT-IDN, VT-IDO
31-62-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The DMC 1 and DMC 3 are operative, and
2) The ISIS airspeed indication is operative, and
3) The ISIS altitude indication is operative, and
4) The ISIS attitude indication is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative, and
6) The EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to F/O 3, and
7) The AC ESS FEED control is checked operative every day, and
8) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw FAULT light is checked operative every day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 31-68-00-040-005
31-62-03 DMC 3
Ident.: MI-31-62-00007810.0004001 / 27 JUN 11
3 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDR, VT-IDT, VT-IDU, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IEO, VT-IEP,
VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF,
VT-IFG, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV,
VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI,
VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
31-62-03B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The DMC 1 and DMC 2 are operative, and
2) The ISIS airspeed indication is operative, and
3) The ISIS altitude indication is operative, and
4) The ISIS attitude indication is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative.
Continued on the following page
31-62-03 DMC 3
Ident.: MI-31-62-00007810.0003001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN,
VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR,
VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ
31-62-03B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The DMC 1 and DMC 2 are operative, and
2) The standby IAS indicator is operative, and
3) The standby altimeter is operative, and
4) The standby horizon is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-62-03B DMC 3
31-62-03 DMC 3
Ident.: MI-31-62-00007810.0001001 / 10 DEC 15
Applicable to: VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDS, VT-IDV
31-62-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The DMC 1 and DMC 2 are operative, and
2) The standby IAS indicator is operative, and
3) The standby altimeter is operative, and
4) The standby horizon is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative.
31-62-03 DMC 3
Ident.: MI-31-62-00007810.0002001 / 29 MAY 15
Applicable to: VT-IDM, VT-IDN, VT-IDO
31-62-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The DMC 1 and DMC 2 are operative, and
2) The ISIS airspeed indication is operative, and
3) The ISIS altitude indication is operative, and
4) The ISIS attitude indication is operative, and
5) The standby compass is operative.
31-63-01 PFDU 1
Ident.: MI-31-63-00009664.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
31-63-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
31-63-02 PFDU 2
Ident.: MI-31-63-00007811.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
31-63-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that PFDU 1, NDU 1, NDU 2, EWDU and SDU are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-63-02A PFDU 2
31-63-03 NDU 1
Ident.: MI-31-63-00007812.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
31-63-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that PFDU 1, PFDU 2, NDU 2, EWDU and SDU are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-63-03A NDU 1
31-63-04 NDU 2
Ident.: MI-31-63-00007813.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
31-63-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that PFDU 1, PFDU 2, NDU 1, EWDU and SDU are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-63-04A NDU 2
31-63-05 SDU
Ident.: MI-31-63-00007814.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
31-63-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The PFDU 1, PFDU 2, NDU 1, NDU 2 and EWDU are operative, and
2) The AC ESS FEED control is checked operative every day, and
3) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw FAULT light is checked operative every day.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-63-05A SDU
(m) Refer to AMM 31-68-00-040-006
31-63-06 EWDU
Ident.: MI-31-63-00009604.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
31-63-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
31-68-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the AIR DATA SWITCHING selector is set to NORM.
31-68-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the ATT HDG SWITCHING selector is set to NORM.
31-68-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) Both ECAM DU are operative, and
2) The ECAM/ND XFR SWITCHING selector is set to NORM.
31-68-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to NORM.
31-68-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The PFD and ND units are operative, and
2) The PFD to ND automatic switching is checked operative on the PF side before each
flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-68-05A PFD/ND XFR pb on the Lateral Instrument Panel
32-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the L/G gear position indications are
operative on the LDG GEAR indicator panel.
32-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-07-03A L/G Doors Position Indication on the WHEEL SD page
32-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
32-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
32-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
32-07-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
32-07-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
For CAT II/ CAT III SINGLE 1 must be operative (required only for automatic rollout).
For CAT III DUAL 1 must be operative.
For LVTO 1 must be operative.
32-07-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
32-07-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
32-07-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
32-07-12A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
32-07-13A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
32-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative for 7 flights.
32-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) One or both may be broken or missing.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-12-00-040-006
32-31-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
(o) The LGCIU 2 may be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:
1) All ELACs, SECs, SFCCs, RAs, FACs, and ADIRSs are operative, and
2) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
3) The FLEX Takeoff Mode is not used, and
4) The operation of avionics equipment is time limited on ground.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-31-01A Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
32-31-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
(o) The LGCIU 2 may be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:
1) All ELACs, SECs, SFCCs, RAs, FACs, and ADIRSs are operative, and
2) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
3) The FLEX Takeoff Mode is not used, and
4) The operation of avionics equipment is time limited on ground, and
5) The OAT is below ISA+35 C.
Continued on the following page
32-31-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is operated in accordance with the Flight Manual supplement for the flight
with landing gear down.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-31-02A Landing Gear Retracting System
(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-803
32-32-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
16 16 No
All must be operative.
32-32-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:
1) Both radio altimeters are operative, and
2) The other proximity detectors are operative, and
3) The origin of the failure is checked to be electrical.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-32-02A LGCIU 2 RH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-003
32-32-02B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
32-32-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that:
1) Both radio altimeters are operative, and
2) The other proximity detectors are operative, and
3) The origin of the failure is checked to be electrical.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-32-03A LGCIU 2 LH L/G Shock Absorber Proximity Detector
(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-003
32-32-03B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
May be inoperative for 7 flights provided that the LGCIU 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
32-33-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is operated in accordance with the Flight Manual supplement for the flight
with landing gear down.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-33-01A Landing Gear Gravity Extension System
(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-802
32-41-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 12 No
(m) One tie bolt on one wheel may be broken or missing for 15 flights provided that:
1) The affected wheel tie bolt is removed, and
2) The affected wheel is checked for absence of damage.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-41-00-040-002
32-41-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 18 No
(m) One tie bolt on one wheel may be broken or missing for 15 flights provided that:
1) The affected wheel tie bolt is removed, and
2) The affected wheel and the associated brake are checked for absence of damage.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 32-41-00-040-003
32-42-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 3 No
(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The nose wheel steering is operative, and
2) Both thrust reversers are operative, and
3) The green and yellow systems are operative on operative brakes, and
4) The affected brake is deactivated or removed, and
5) The runway width at departure and arrival airports is at least 45 m, and
6) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied, and
7) The AUTO/BRK function is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-42-05 AUTO/BRK Function
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-42-01A Main Wheel Brake
(m) Refer to AMM Task 32-42-00-040-003
32-42-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 1 No
(o) (m) Braking on one wheel may be inoperative provided that:
1) The nose wheel steering is operative, and
2) Both thrust reversers are operative, and
3) The green hydraulic supply of affected brake is deactivated, and
4) The runway width at departure and arrival airports is at least 45 m, and
5) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
Continued on the following page
32-42-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The BSCU system 2 is operative, and
2) The affected system is deactivated, and
3) It is checked that the CFDS does not report a fault related to the L/G SYS DISAGREE
alert before each flight, and
4) The AUTO/BRK (LO, MED, MAX) pb-sw DECEL light and the AUTO/BRK (LO, MED,
MAX) pb-sw ON light are considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-42-08 AUTO/BRK (LO, MED, MAX) pb-sw DECEL light, and
Refer to Item 32-42-09 AUTO/BRK (LO, MED, MAX) pb-sw ON light
For CAT II/ CAT III SINGLE 1 must be operative (required only for automatic rollout)
For CAT III DUAL 1 must be operative
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-42-00-040-007
32-42-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The affected system is deactivated, and
2) It is checked that the CFDS does not report a fault related to the L/G SYS DISAGREE
alert before each flight.
For CAT II/ CAT III SINGLE 1 must be operative (required only for automatic rollout)
For CAT III DUAL 1 must be operative
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-42-00-040-007
32-42-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-42-05A AUTO/BRK Function
32-42-06 Tachometer
Ident.: MI-32-42-00007742.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
32-42-06B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
4 4 No
Must be operative.
32-42-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
32-44-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 1 No
(m) Braking on one wheel may be inoperative provided that:
1) Both thrust reversers are operative, and
2) The yellow hydraulic supply of the affected brake is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-43-00-040-001
32-44-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the BSCU system 1 and the BSCU system 2
are operative.
32-44-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
32-45-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) Both thrust reversers are operative, and
2) The aircraft is not towed if the STBY motor is affected and when the batteries supply the
aircraft.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-45-00-040-001
32-47-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that the ground brake cooling time is applied.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-47-01A Brake Temperature Monitoring Unit (BTMU)
1
32-48-01B Brake Fan System may be used if partially available
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-48-01B Brake Fan System (partially available)
32-48-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
32-48-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
32-51-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative for three flights provided that:
1) The failure is detected by the BSCU (the WHEEL N/W STRG FAULT alert is displayed
on the EWD), and
2) The runway width at departure and arrival airports is at least 45 m, and
3) The runway is not contaminated, and
4) The crosswind component is below 20 kt at departure and arrival airports.
Note: For nose wheel steering offset, Refer to FCOM/PRO-SUP-32 Operation with
Nosewheel Steering Offset.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-51-01A Nose Wheel Steering Control System
32-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be inoperative (no disconnection is possible).
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-51-02A Rudder PEDALS DISC pb
32-51-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Continued on the following page
32-61-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
32-61-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that the L/G GEAR NOT DOWN alert and the L/G GEAR NOT
DOWNLOCKED alert are checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-61-00-040-001
33-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
33-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
Dim lighting may be inoperative provided that the bright lighting is operative.
33-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
Bright lighting may be inoperative for night operation.
33-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
33-01-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 33-01-02-02A AUTO Function of SEAT BELT SIGNS selector
33-01-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 33-01-02-03A AUTO Function of NO SMOKING/EXIT/NO PORTABLE
SIGNS selector
33-01-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 33-01-02-03A AUTO Function of NO SMOKING/EXIT/NO PORTABLE
SIGNS selector
33-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The lighting is sufficient for all instruments and controls, and
2) The RH dome light is operative.
33-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The lighting is sufficient for all instruments and controls, and
2) The RH dome light is operative, and
3) The left section of the center instrument panel flood lighting is operative.
33-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
The lighting must be sufficient for cabin attendants to perform their duties.
33-20-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
(o) One or more may be inoperative and the affected lavatory may be used provided that:
1) The passenger address system is checked operative in the affected lavatory, and
2) The passenger address system is used to alert the occupant to return to his seat.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 33-20-03A Lavatory Sign (Return to seat)
33-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
3
33-40-01B All NAV 2 lights operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more NAV 1 lights may be inoperative provided that all NAV 2 lights are operative.
33-40-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
33-40-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
33-40-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
33-40-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
33-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
A maximum of three non-adjacent overhead emergency lights may be inoperative.
33-51-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated exit is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Passenger Door
33-51-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
33-51-07 Floor Proximity Emergency Escape Path Marking System Exit Marker
Ident.: MI-33-51-00007673.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
33-51-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
8 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated exit is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Passenger Door, and
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Overwing Emergency Exit
33-51-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
33-51-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
33-51-12A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the batteries are correctly charged.
33-51-13A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative provided that the operational test of the emergency lighting system is
performed as an alternative to this test.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 33-51-00-040-001
34-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
ADR MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
34-00-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
IR MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
34-00-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
RA 1(2) MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
34-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
34-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
34-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
34-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
34-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
34-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
34-01-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
34-01-01-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
(o) ADR 2 or ADR 3 pb-sw may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated mode selector is operative, and
2) The two ADRs and the two IRs associated with the two operative ADRs pb-sw are
operative.
Continued on the following page
34-01-01-32 IR pb-sw
Ident.: MI-34-01-01-00008513.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
5 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDT, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE,
VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU,
VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK,
VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH,
VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ,
VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP,
VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
34-01-01-32A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
(o) IR 2 or IR 3 pb-sw may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated mode selector is operative, and
2) The two ADRs and the two IRs associated with the two operative IRs pb-sw are
operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-01-01-32A IR pb-sw
34-01-01-33A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
(o) IR 2 or IR 3 mode selector may be inoperative provided that the associated ADIRS is
considered inoperative.
Refer to the associated Items.
Continued on the following page
34-01-01-33A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
(o) One may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-01-01-33A IR Mode Selector
34-01-01-37A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the MCDU 1 and the MCDU 2 are operative.
34-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
In the event of malfunction or failure, aircraft may continue a flight or series of flights, but
shall not depart from a station where repair/replacement can be made.
34-05-01 Actual Airspeed Reference Line and Scale Indication on the PFD
Ident.: MI-34-05-00008711.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
34-05-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Both must be operative.
34-05-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Both must be operative.
34-05-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Both must be operative.
34-05-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Both must be operative.
34-05-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-05-06A Vertical Speed in Inertial Mode Indication on the PFD
34-05-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-05-07A Other Air Data Related Indications on the PFD
34-05-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is operated in day VMC conditions.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-05-08A Attitude Indication on the PFD
34-05-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative.
Continued on the following page
34-06-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-06-01A Ground Speed Indication on the ND
34-06-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-06-02A True Air Speed Indication on the ND
34-06-02B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Must be operative.
34-06-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-06-03A Wind Indication on the ND
34-06-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative provided that the heading indications are operative on both PFDs.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-06-04A Heading Indication on the ND
34-06-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-06-05A Position (Aircraft Symbol) Indication on the ND
34-06-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-06-06A Radio Navaids Indication on the ND
34-06-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
34-10-01 ADR 1
Ident.: MI-34-10-00008541.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
34-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
34-10-02 ADR 2
Ident.: MI-34-10-00008542.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
1 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDM, VT-IDN, VT-IDO, VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDR, VT-IDS, VT-IDT, VT-IDU,
VT-IDV, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK,
VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA,
VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ,
VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT,
VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV,
VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ
34-10-02B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The IR 1, IR 3, ADR 1 and ADR 3 are operative, and
2) The takeoff is not performed in CONF 1+F.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-10-02B ADR 2
34-10-02 ADR 2
Ident.: MI-34-10-00008542.0005001 / 10 DEC 15
2 Applicable to: VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO,
VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
34-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
34-10-03 ADR 3
Ident.: MI-34-10-00008545.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
34-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the IR 1, IR 2, ADR 1 and ADR 2 are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-10-03A ADR 3
34-10-04 IR 1
Ident.: MI-34-10-00008547.0001001 / 03 JUL 14
3 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDM, VT-IDN, VT-IDO, VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDR, VT-IDS, VT-IDT, VT-IDU,
VT-IDV, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL,
VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB,
VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR,
VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU,
VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX,
VT-INY, VT-INZ, VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN,
VT-ITO, VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
34-10-04 IR 1
Ident.: MI-34-10-00008547.0006001 / 05 DEC 14
4 Applicable to: VT-IDW
34-10-05 IR 2
Ident.: MI-34-10-00008549.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
5 Applicable to: VT-IDM, VT-IDN, VT-IDO, VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDR, VT-IDS, VT-IDU, VT-IDV, VT-IDZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP,
VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU
34-10-05 IR 2
Ident.: MI-34-10-00008549.0002001 / 27 JUN 11
6 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDT, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF,
VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV,
VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL,
VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH, VT-IGI,
VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ, VT-ITA,
VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP, VT-ITQ,
VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
34-10-05 IR 2
Ident.: MI-34-10-00008549.0013001 / 10 OCT 14
7 Applicable to: VT-IDW
34-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
The F/O or the STBY Angle Of Attack sensor may be inoperative provided that the
associated ADR is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-10-02 ADR 2, or
Refer to Item 34-10-03 ADR 3
34-11-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The CAPT sensor element connected to the ADR 3 is operative, and
2) The F/O sensor connected to the ADR 2 is operative, and
3) The ADR 2 and the ADR 3 are operative, and
4) The TAT indication on the SD is checked operative, and
5) The TAS indication on the ND 1 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-06-02 True Air Speed Indication on the ND
Continued on the following page
34-11-02B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
34-11-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The CAPT sensor element connected to the ADR 1 is operative, and
2) The F/O sensor connected to the ADR 2 is operative, and
3) The ADR 1 and the ADR 2 are operative, and
4) The TAT indication on the SD is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-11-03A CAPT Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element
Connected to the ADR 3
34-11-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) Both CAPT TAT sensor elements are operative, and
2) The ADR 1 and the ADR 3 are operative, and
3) The TAT indication on the SD is checked operative, and
4) The TAS indications on the ND 2 is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-06-02 True Air Speed Indication on the ND
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-11-04A F/O Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element Connected
to the ADR 2
34-11-04B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
34-21-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the aircraft is operated in day VMC conditions.
34-21-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
34-21-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The three ADRs are operative, and
2) The three Probe Heat Computers are operative, and
3) The Standby horizon is operative, and
4) The AIR DATA SWITCHING selector, the EIS DMC SWITCHING selector and the
PFD/ND XFR pb are checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-21-03A Standby IAS Indicator
34-21-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
34-21-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
34-22-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The three IRs are operative, and
2) The ATT/HDG SWITCHING selector, the EIS DMC SWITCHING selector and the
PFD/ND XFR pb are checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-22-01B Standby Compass Indicator
34-22-01C
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The three IRs are operative, and
2) The DDRMI is operative.
34-22-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The three IRs are operative, and
2) The ATT/HDG SWITCHING selector, the EIS DMC SWITCHING selector and the
PFD/ND XFR pb are checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-22-01B Standby Compass Indicator
34-22-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
34-22-03B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the aircraft is operated in day VMC conditions.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-22-03B Standby Horizon Indicator
34-23-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the aircraft is operated in day VMC conditions.
34-23-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The ISIS attitude indication is operative, and
2) The ADRs, DMCs and probe heat computers are operative, and
3) The AIR DATA SWITCHING selector, the EIS DMC SWITCHING selector and the
PFD/ND XFR pb are operative.
34-23-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
34-23-04B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that the aircraft is operated in day VMC conditions.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-23-04B ISIS Attitude Indication
34-23-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
34-23-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
34-30-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) One ILS system may be inoperative.
Note: For EDTO, if ILS is required, ILS 1 must be operative
When the ILS 1 is inoperative, the GPWS/TAWS G/S mode (mode 5) is also
inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-40-01 Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS)/Terrain
Awareness and Warning System (TAWS)
Note: Landing capability downgraded to CAT 1 only.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-30-04A Instrument Landing System (ILS)
34-30-04B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) Both ILS system may be inoperative provided:
ILS approaches are prohibited.
CAT II /CAT III approaches are prohibited
Weather minimas at destination airport and all alternates must not be less than the lowest
authorized Non precision approach minimas.
Note: When the ILS 1 is inoperative, the GPWS/TAWS G/S mode (mode 5) is also
inoperative. Refer to 34-40-01.
Note: FOR CAT II / CAT III OPERATION:
Cat II / Cat III SINGLE / Cat III DUAL - 2 must be Operative
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-30-04B Instrument Landing System (ILS)
34-40-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-40-01A Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS)/Terrain
Awareness and Warning System (TAWS)
34-40-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-40-02A Radio Altimeter Automatic Callout
34-40-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative provided that both FCU channels, all ELACs, SECs, ADIRUs,
SFCCs, LGCIUs and FACs are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-40-03A Radio Altimeter System
34-40-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative provided that both FCU channels, all ELACs, SECs, ADIRUs,
SFCCs, LGCIUs and FACs are operative.
Note: When the radio altimeter 1 is inoperative, the GPWS or the reactive modes of
TAWS are inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-40-01 Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS)/Terrain
Awareness and Warning System (TAWS)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-40-03A Radio Altimeter System
34-40-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided aircraft is not operated in known or forecasted bad weather
conditions.
Note: When the weather radar system is inoperative, the predictive Windshear Detection
System is inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-40-06 Predictive Windshear Detection Function
34-40-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
Continued on the following page
34-40-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided:
1) Reactive windshear warning and guidance system operates normally.
-or-
2) Takeoff and landings are not conducted in known or forecast windshear condition.
34-40-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
34-40-06B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 2 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided:
1) Reactive windshear warning and guidance system operates normally.
-or-
2) Takeoff and landings are not conducted in known or forecast windshear condition.
34-50-01 ATC
Ident.: MI-34-50-00008703.0002001 / 18 AUG 16
1 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDS, VT-IDU, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG,
VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW,
VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL, VT-IFM,
VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ,
VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS,
VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ, VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ,
VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
34-50-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 2 1 Yes
(o) Any one may be unserviceable.
For RVSM Flights, if ATC 2 is inoperative then AP1 should be serviceable or if ATC-1 is
inoperative then AP2 should be serviceable.
Note: If no ATC is available:
1. The TCAS is inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-40-04 Traffic Collision Avoidance System (TCAS)
2. The ADS-B OUT Function is also inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-50-10 ADS-B OUT Function
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-50-01A ATC
34-50-01 ATC
Ident.: MI-34-50-00008703.0001001 / 29 MAY 15
2 Applicable to: VT-IDM, VT-IDN, VT-IDO, VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDR, VT-IDT, VT-IDV, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IHA
34-50-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 2 1 Yes
(o) Any one may be unserviceable
For RVSM Flights, if ATC - 2 is inoperative then AP 1 should be serviceable or if ATC - 1 is
inoperative then AP 2 should be serviceable.
Note: If no ATC is available, the TCAS is also inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-40-04 Traffic Collision Avoidance System (TCAS)
Continued on the following page
34-50-03 ADF
Ident.: MI-34-50-00008705.0001001 / 30 JUN 14
3 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDM, VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDS, VT-IDT, VT-IDU, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ,
VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP,
VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF,
VT-IFG, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV,
VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY,
VT-IGZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ, VT-ITA, VT-ITB,
VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR,
VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
34-50-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
34-50-03 ADF
Ident.: MI-34-50-00008705.9001002 / 22 SEP 15
Applicable to: VT-IDN, VT-IDO, VT-IDR, VT-IDV, VT-IDW
34-50-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be unserviceable.
34-50-04 DME
Ident.: MI-34-50-00008706.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
34-50-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 2 1 Yes
(o) One may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-50-04A DME
34-50-05 VOR
Ident.: MI-34-50-00008707.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
34-50-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) One may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-50-05A VOR
34-50-06 MARKER
Ident.: MI-34-50-00009155.0001001 / 30 JUN 14
Applicable to: ALL
34-50-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
34-50-07 DDRMI
Ident.: MI-34-50-00008708.0004001 / 22 MAR 10
4 Applicable to: VT-IDM, VT-IDN, VT-IDO, VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDR, VT-IDS, VT-IDT, VT-IDU, VT-IDV, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ,
VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP,
VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU,
VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX,
VT-INY, VT-INZ
34-50-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
34-50-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) Both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-50-09A Global Positioning System (GPS) Function
34-50-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) Both may be inoperative.
Note: If no GPS is available, the ADS-B OUT Function is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-50-10 ADS-B OUT Function
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-50-09A Global Positioning System (GPS) Function
35-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
35-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
35-01-01-03A
35-01-01-31B FL limitation
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The operating altitude is limited to FL 250, and
2) The minimum operating altitude is in accordance with applicable operating regulations,
and
3) The portable oxygen units (supplemental oxygen) are provided in accordance with
applicable regulations.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 35-01-01-31B MANUAL Control of the MASK MAN ON pb
35-01-01-32A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The MANUAL Control of the passengers oxygen masks is checked operative, and
2) The operating altitude is limited to FL 300.
Continued on the following page
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 35-01-01-33A HI ALT LANDING pb-sw
(m) Refer to AMM 35-23-00-040-001
35-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that the oxygen pressure is checked by direct reading before
each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 35-07-01A Crew OXY High Pressure Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD
page
(m) Refer to AMM 35-10-00-040-001
35-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) (m) One or both may be inoperative provided that the oxygen pressure is checked by direct
reading before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 35-07-01A Crew OXY High Pressure Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD
page
(m) Refer to AMM Task 35-10-00-040-001
35-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that the oxygen pressure is checked before the first flight of
each day.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 35-07-02A Crew Oxygen REGUL LO PR Indication on the DOOR/OXY
SD page
(m) Refer to AMM 35-10-00-040-002
35-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(o) (m) One or more may be inoperative provided that the oxygen pressure is checked before the
first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 35-07-02A Crew Oxygen REGUL (1)(2)(1+2) LO PR Indication on the
DOOR/OXY SD page
(m) Refer to AMM Task 35-10-00-040-002
35-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 Yes
Each occupant of the cockpit must have his assigned mask operative.
35-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 Yes
Each occupant of the cockpit must have his assigned mask operative.
35-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
One must be operative for each pilot.
35-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be missing or damaged.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 35-10-03A Exterior Crew Oxygen Overpressure Indicator Disc (Green
Disc)
35-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) May be missing or damaged.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 35-10-03A Exterior Crew Oxygen Overpressure Indicator Disc (Green
Disc)
35-20-01B FL limitation
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 60 0 Yes
(o) One or more may be inoperative and the associated seats may be occupied provided that:
1) The operating altitude is limited to FL 250, and
2) The minimum operating altitude is in accordance with applicable operating regulations,
and
3) Portable oxygen units (supplemental oxygen) are provided in accordance with applicable
regulations.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 35-20-01B Passenger Oxygen Unit
35-20-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated lavatory door is placarded inoperative and locked closed, and
2) The lavatory is not used for storage or any other purpose.
Note: For an inoperative cabin attendant oxygen unit located within the galley area:
Refer to Item 35-20-02 Cabin Attendant Oxygen Unit
35-20-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 1 No
One must be available.
35-20-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 6 1 No
One must be available.
35-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
35-30-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 4 2 No
35-30-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 4 2 Yes
36-00-01A No fault on a BMC, on a pylon leak detection loop or on the APU leak detection
loop
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
(m) AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page provided
that it is checked that the CFDS does not report any fault on a BMC, on a pylon leak
detection loop or on the APU leak detection loop.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 36-11-00-040-004
36-00-01F
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
36-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
36-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
36-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
36-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
36-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the Automatic Control of the X Bleed Valve is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-12-04 Automatic Control of the X Bleed Valve
36-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
36-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
36-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
36-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
36-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
Note: The HP ground connection is near the engine 1 hazardous area. If the bleed air supply
system 2 is inoperative, it is better to use the APU bleed for engine start. If the APU bleed
is not available, a ground cart can be used as long as the pneumatic pipe is kept out of the
hazardous area.
36-11-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The affected engine bleed valve is secured in the closed position, and
2) The associated bleed air supply system is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
36-11-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative provided that the associated engine bleed air supply system is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System
36-11-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative provided that the associated engine bleed air supply system is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System
36-11-08C No FL limitation
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The associated ENG BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
3) The associated PACK pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The X BLEED selector is set to SHUT, and
5) If the BMC 1 is affected, the APU leak detection loop is considered inoperative
Refer to Item 36-22-03 APU Leak Detection Loop, and
6) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions, and
7) The speedbrakes are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-11-08C Bleed Monitoring Computer (BMC)
36-11-08A BMC 1 inoperative with APU bleed check valve replaced by a plate
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
BMC 1 may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The engine 1 bleed air supply system is considered inoperative
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System, and
3) The APU bleed check valve is replaced by a plate.
Refer to Item 36-22-03A APU bleed check valve replaced by a plate
36-11-08A BMC 1 inoperative with APU bleed check valve replaced by a plate
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
BMC 1 may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The engine 1 bleed air supply system is considered inoperative
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System, and
3) The APU bleed check valve is replaced by a plate.
Refer to Item 36-22-03A APU bleed check valve replaced by a plate
36-11-08G BMC 1 inoperative with APU bleed check valve checked operative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 2 1 No
BMC 1 may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The engine 1 bleed air supply system is considered inoperative
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System, and
3) The AIR APU BLEED LEAK alert and the APU LEAK FED BY ENG line were not
displayed during the previous flight, and
4) The APU bleed check valve is checked operative.
Refer to Item 36-22-03E APU bleed check valve checked operative
36-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the APU BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-12-02A APU Bleed Valve (Inoperative in the closed position)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
Continued on the following page
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-12-02B APU Bleed Valve (Inoperative in the open position)
3
36-12-02C Inoperative in the open position for EDTO 90 min flight
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-12-02C APU Bleed Valve (Inoperative in the closed position)
36-12-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the APU bleed air supply system is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-12-01 APU Bleed Air Supply System
36-12-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the manual control is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-12-04A Automatic control of the X Bleed Valve
36-12-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the automatic control is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-12-05A Manual Control of the X Bleed Valve
36-22-01B No FL limitation
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The associated pylon leak detection loop is deactivated, and
3) The associated ENG BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The associated PACK pb-sw is set to OFF, and
5) The X BLEED selector is set to SHUT, and
6) The APU BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF if LH side is affected, and
7) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions, and
8) The speedbrakes are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-22-01B Pylon Leak Detection System
(m) Refer to AMM Task 36-22-00-040-001
36-22-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated pylon leak detection loop is deactivated, and
2) The AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED LEAK alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
3) The associated bleed air supply system is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 36-22-00-040-001
36-22-01E
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Must be operative.
Note: Failure of one loop in one or both pylon is indicated by a MAINTENANCE
message displayed on the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 36-00-01 AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE Message
36-22-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Must be operative.
Note: Failure of one loop in one or both wing leading edges is indicated by a
MAINTENANCE message displayed on the STATUS SD page.
Refer to Item 36-00-01 AIR BLEED MAINTENANCE Message
36-22-03B No FL limitation
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The AIR APU BLEED LEAK alert was not displayed during the previous flight, and
3) The ENG 1 BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The PACK 1 pb-sw is set to OFF, and
5) The X BLEED selector is set to SHUT, and
6) The APU BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
7) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions, and
8) The speedbrakes are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-22-03B APU Leak Detection Loop
Continued on the following page
36-22-03B No FL limitation
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The AIR APU BLEED LEAK alert and the APU LEAK FED BY ENG line were not
displayed during the previous flight, and
3) The ENG 1 BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
4) The PACK 1 pb-sw is set to OFF, and
5) The X BLEED selector is set to SHUT, and
6) The APU BLEED pb-sw is set to OFF, and
7) The PACK 2 is operative, and
8) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions along the intended
route, and
9) The speedbrakes are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-22-03B APU Leak Detection Loop
Continued on the following page
46-21-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
47-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
49-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
APU MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
49-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the N and the EGT indications are operative on the APU
SD page.
49-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
49-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the N indication is operative on the APU SD page.
49-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
49-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
Note: The Aircraft shall not be released from main base under MEL with unserviceable APU for
Stations where Ground power unit(GPU)/ Air starter unit (ASU) is not available.Ref : DGCA
Letter No. DAW/MISC/937 dated 07/06/2010
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
52-01-01-01 CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Ident.: MI-52-01-01-00008677.0001001 / 30 JUN 14
Applicable to: ALL
52-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided associated fault light is checked operative.
52-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided associated fault light is checked operative.
52-01-01-03 Pressure Rate Sensor on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Ident.: MI-52-01-01-00008679.0001001 / 27 JUN 11
Applicable to: ALL
52-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 0 No
(o) (m) One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated door is visually checked to be
closed and locked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-07-05A Cargo Door Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page
(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-001
52-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 0 No
(o) (m) One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated door is visually checked to be
closed and locked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-07-06A Avionics Compartment Access Door Indication on the
DOOR/OXY SD page
(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-004
52-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 4 3 Yes
One pax door or door escape slide may be inoperative provided passengers are limited to
149.
52-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 4 2 Yes
One overwing exit may be inoperative provided passengers are limited to 164.
1) Two overwing exits may be inoperative or one overwing exit slide may be inoperative,
provided passengers are limited to 149.
2) One passenger door and overwing exit (not on the same side) may be inoperative
provided passengers are limited to 134.
52-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
A maximum of one per exit may be inoperative provided that the flight is not pressurized.
52-10-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
52-10-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
4 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected door is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Passenger Door
52-10-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No
(m) One or more messages may be displayed provided that the door bottle pressure is checked
on the associated bottle pressure gauge before the first MEL dispatch and then every 8
days.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-00-00-040-001
52-10-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
4 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected door is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Passenger Door
52-10-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
2
52-30-03A Cargo door operated using hand pump
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated cargo doors can be operated
using the hand pump.
Note: Apply the operational procedure only in the case of continuous operation of the
yellow electric pump.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-30-03A Cargo Door Electrical Control
3
52-30-03B Cargo door considered inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated cargo door is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-30-01 Cargo Door (FWD, AFT and BULK)
Note: Apply the operational procedure only in the case of continuous operation of the
yellow electric pump.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-30-03B Cargo Door Electrical Control
52-30-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
A maximum of one locking hook or one spool per cargo door may be inoperative provided
that:
1) All the others have no damage, and
2) The flight is not pressurized.
52-30-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the integrity of the yellow hydraulic system is not affected.
52-30-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 4 0 No
One or both on each cargo door may be inoperative for one flight.
52-30-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated cargo door is in the fully open
position during loading and unloading operations.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-30-07A Cargo Door Open/Locked Indicator light
52-33-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative or damaged provided that:
1) A safety hold device is used to maintain the cargo door in the open position during
loading and unloading operations, and
2) The associated cargo door is visually checked to be closed and locked.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-33-00-040-001
Note: Regulation requires that the Cockpit Door must be capable of being locked during flight.
52-51-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative, provided CDLS Deadbolt is installed & is operative.
52-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
52-51-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The interphone system between the cabin and the cockpit is operative, and
2) The CDLS keypad is deactivated.
Continued on the following page
52-51-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
May be inoperative provided the interphone system between the cabin and the cockpit is
operative.
52-51-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
May be inoperative provided the interphone system between the cabin and the cockpit is
operative.
52-51-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 1 No
(m) Two may be inoperative.
Note: Apply the maintenance procedure only when the inoperative door release strike is
failed in the locked position.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-51-00-040-010
52-51-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided normal lock system is operative.
52-53-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided:
1) LOCK and NORM functions are checked operative, and
2) Control unit LEDs operate normally, and
3) The interphone system between the cabin and the cockpit is operative.
52-53-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided:
1) Door buzzer is operative, and
2) The interphone system between the cabin and the cockpit is operative.
52-53-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
1 1 No
Must be operative.
52-53-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided CDLS Deadbolt is operative.
52-53-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided:
1) LOCK and NORM functions are verified to operate normally, and
2) The interphone system between the cabin and the cockpit are operative..
Note: A cockpit window with minor damages (as described in the associated maintenance
procedure) is considered operative, but the vision through this cockpit window must be
acceptable to the flight crew.
56-10-01A For SPS Windshields (Except P/N STA320-1-3-1 and STA320-2-3-1) and for
PPG Windshields and for PAL Windshields (Only P/N PAL 06282 & 06283)
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 2 No
(o) (m) One front windshield external ply may be cracked for ten flights provided that:
1) The other front windshield is not damaged, and
2) The associated windshield heating is deactivated, and
3) The visibility through the associated front windshield is acceptable to the flight crew, and
4) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 56-10-01A Front Windshield
(m) Refer to AMM 56-10-00-040-001
56-10-01B For SPS Windshields (Except P/N STA320-1-3-1 and STA320-2-3-1) and for
PPG Windshields and for PAL Windshields (Only P/N PAL 06282 & 06283)
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 2 No
(o) (m) One front windshield may have burn spots in the bus bar area beyond the limits provided
that:
1) The other front windshield is not damaged, and
2) The associated windshield heating is deactivated, and
3) The visibility through the associated front windshield is acceptable to the flight crew, and
4) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions.
Continued on the following page
Note: A cockpit window with minor damages (as described in the associated maintenance
procedure) is considered operative, but the vision through this cockpit window must be
acceptable to the flight crew.
56-10-02A For Acrylic Window (LUCAS/ACT Supplier, P/N starting with NH)
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 4 No
(m) One or more lateral windows may have burn spots in the bus bar area provided that:
1) The diameter of the mark is less than 10 mm, and
2) The associated lateral window heating is deactivated, and
3) The visibility through the affected lateral window is acceptable to the flight crew.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 56-10-00-040-002
56-10-02B For Glass Window (SPS Supplier (P/N starting with SPS) and PPG Supplier
(P/N starting with NP))
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 4 4 No
External ply may be cracked for one flight provided that:
1) The other lateral windows are not damaged, and
2) The visibility through the affected lateral window is acceptable to the flight crew.
Continued on the following page
56-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Both must be operative.
56-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 0 No
One or more may be cracked provided that the flight is not pressurized.
70-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
(m) ENG FADEC MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page
provided that it is checked before each flight that the CFDS does not report a fault on the
LPC 2.5 BLEED valve.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 75-32-00-040-801
70-00-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
ENG FADEC MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
70-00-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
ENG EIU MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
70-00-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C No
ENG EVMU MAINTENANCE message may be displayed on the STATUS SD page.
71-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be displayed provided that the associated fan cowl door latches are
checked closed before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 71-09-01A ENG 1(2) FAN COWL NOT CLSD Alert
73-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
73-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
73-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative provided that the Fuel Flow 1+2 Indication on the FUEL SD page is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 28-07-05-01 Fuel Flow 1+2 Indication on the FUEL SD Page
73-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be displayed provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The associated filter is replaced every day.
For Maintenance Procedure, refer to :
AMM 73-30-00-040-040
AMM 73-30-00-040-042
AMM 73-30-00-040-043
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM
73-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be displayed on the EWD provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The associated filter is replaced before the first MEL dispatch and then every 50 flight
hours, and.
3) The ENG 1(2) FUEL FILTER DEGRAD alert is not displayed on the EWD for the
opposite engine, and
4) The ENG 1(2) FUEL SENSOR FAULT alert is not displayed on the EWD for the opposite
engine.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 73-34-00-040-802
73-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be displayed.
73-09-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be displayed on the EWD provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The associated filter is replaced before the first MEL dispatch and then every 50 flight
hours, and
3) The ENG 1(2) FUEL FILTER CLOG alert is not displayed on the EWD for the opposite
engine, and
4) The ENG 1(2) FUEL SENSOR FAULT alert is not displayed on the EWD for the opposite
engine.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 73-34-00-040-802
73-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Both must be operative.
73-10-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Both must be operative.
73-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
May be inoperative on one or both engines provided that the maximum thrust is used for
takeoff.
73-20-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
May be inoperative on one or both engines provided that the flex takeoff mode or the
maximum thrust is used for takeoff.
73-20-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) The EPR control mode may be inoperative on one or both engines provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The rated N1 control mode is operative on both engines (ENG 1(2) N1 DEGRADED
MODE message is not displayed on the STATUS SD page), and
3) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
Note: When the EPR Control Mode is inoperative, the Autothrust is inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-30-01 Autothrust (A/THR)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 73-20-04A EPR Control Mode
73-20-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that the Flight Manual performance penalties are
applied.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 73-20-05A Minimum Idle on Ground
73-20-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 No
The channel B power supply may be inoperative on one or both engines.
73-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
One may be inoperative for 6 flights.
74-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated ENG 1(2) IGN A(B)(A+B)
FAULT alert is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 74-07-01A Selected Igniter Indication on the ENGINE SD page
2
74-09-01B One displayed
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 5 No
(m) One may be displayed provided that the associated engine ignition system is checked
operative every day.
For maintenance procedure refer to:
74-31-00-040-001
74-31-00-040-043
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM
74-31-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The associated engine ignition system B is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 74-31-01A Ignition System A
74-31-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The associated engine ignition system B is operative.
Note: System A is considered inoperative on both engines (NO DISPATCH) when the
common power supply line from 401XP 115VAC ESS BUS is inoperative as a
result of either a loss of electrical continuity or a short circuit (ENGINE/1 AND 2
IGN/SYS A (49VUA03) C/B tripped).
Continued on the following page
74-31-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 74-31-02A Ignition System B
75-22-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative in the open position.
75-24-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 2 1 No
(o) One may be inoperative in the closed position provided that the associated engine takeoff
EGT margin is above 16 C.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 75-24-01A TCC Valve
76-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 4 3 No
One may be inoperative on one engine for three days provided that:
1) The A/THR is operative, and
2) Both LGCIUs are operative, and
3) The L/G shock absorbers proximity detectors are operative.
77-07-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 77-07-02-05 N1 Vibration Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 77-07-02-06 N2 Vibration Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 73-07-01 Fuel Used Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 79-07-03 Oil Quantity Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 36-07-04 Engine Bleed Precooler Inlet Pressure Indication on the BLEED SD
page
77-07-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 73-07-02 Fuel Filter CLOG Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 73-07-01 Fuel Used Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
77-07-02-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 79-07-01 CLOG Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 79-07-02 Oil Pressure Indication and Advisory on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 79-07-03 Oil Quantity Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 79-07-04 Oil Temperature Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 74-07-01 Selected Igniter Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-12A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 80-07-01 Start Valve Position Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Must be operative.
77-08-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 73-20-04 EPR Control Mode
77-08-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 73-08-01 Fuel Flow Indication on the EWD
77-08-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Must be operative.
77-08-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Must be operative.
77-08-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
78-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Both must be operative.
78-08-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated thrust reverser is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 78-30-01 Thrust Reverser
78-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be displayed provided that the appropriate performance adjustments are
applied.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 78-09-01A ENG 1(2) REVERSER CTL FAULT Alert
78-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be displayed.
78-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) (m) One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The inoperative thrust reverser is deactivated and secured in the stowed position, and
2) All stow and deploy switches circuits on the inoperative thrust reverser are checked
operative, and
3) The ENG 1(2) REV PRESSURIZED alert is not displayed on the EWD after deactivation,
and
4) The appropriate performance adjustments are applied.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 78-30-01A Thrust Reverser
(m) Refer to AMM 78-30-00-040-040
78-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) (m) One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The inoperative reverser is deactivated and secured in the stowed position, and
2) Both LVDTs on the inoperative reverser are checked operative, and
3) The ENG 1(2) REV PRESSURIZED alert is not displayed on the EWD after deactivation,
and
4) The appropriate performance adjustments are applied.
Continued on the following page
78-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) (m) One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The inoperative thrust reverser is deactivated and secured in the stowed position, and
2) The ENG 1(2) REV INHIBITED alert is displayed on the EWD after deactivation, and
3) The ENG 1(2) REV UNLOCKED alert and the ENG 1(2) REV PRESSURIZED alert
associated with the inoperative thrust reverser are not displayed on the EWD after
deactivation, and
4) The appropriate performance adjustments are applied.
For Maintenance Procedure, refer to :
Refer to AMM 78-30-00-040-802
Refer to AMM 78-30-00-040-806
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 78-30-01A Thrust Reverser
(m) Refer to AMM Task
78-30-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated thrust reverser is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 78-30-01 Thrust Reverser
78-30-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative in the open position.
78-30-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative in the open position.
79-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
Note: Simultaneous illumination of the BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw FAULT light and the ENG 1(2)
PUMP pb-sw FAULT light with engines off may be due to a failed engine oil low pressure
switch. In this case, the ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR alert is inoperative.
Refer to Item 79-09-01 ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR Alert
79-07-02C
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The associated ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR alert is operative, and
3) The associated oil quantity indication is operative on the ENGINE SD page.
Note: Simultaneous illumination of the BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw FAULT light and the ENG 1(2)
PUMP pb-sw FAULT light with engines off may be due to a failed engine oil low pressure
switch. In this case, the ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR alert is inoperative.
Refer to Item 79-09-01 ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR Alert
Note: Simultaneous illumination of the BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw FAULT light and the ENG 1(2)
PUMP pb-sw FAULT light with engines off may be due to a failed engine oil low pressure
switch. In this case, the ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR alert is inoperative and the dispatch is not
permitted.
79-07-02C
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) EDTO is not conducted, and
2) The associated ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR alert is operative, and
3) The associated oil quantity indication is operative on the ENGINE SD page.
79-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that the associated oil quantity is checked before each
flight.
For Maintenance Procedure, refer to :
AMM 79-31-00-040-040
AMM 79-31-00-040-041
AMM 79-31-00-040-042
AMM 79-31-00-040-801
AMM 79-31-00-040-802
Continued on the following page
79-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Must be operative.
79-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be displayed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 79-09-01A ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR Alert
79-09-02B Inspection of the visual indicator (pop-out) of the electrical master chip
detector
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be displayed provided that:
1) The associated filter is replaced every day, and
2) The visual indicator (pop-out) of the electrical master chip detector is checked operative
before the first MEL dispatch, and
3) The visual indicator (pop-out) of the electrical master chip detector is inspected when the
filter is replaced and does not reveal the presence of chips.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 79-35-00-040-042
Continued on the following page
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
Continued on the following page
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
Continued on the following page
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
79-09-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 0 No
One or both may be displayed for 3 days provided that the ENG 1(2) BEARING 4 OIL SYS
alert is not associated with the HI PRESS message.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
79-09-05C Oil filter change and ENG 1(2) OIL CHIP DETECTED alert not displayed
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be displayed provided that:
1) The associated filter is replaced before the first MEL dispatch and then every 150 flight
hours, and
2) The associated Oil Debris Monitoring System is checked operative when the filter is
replaced, and
3) The associated ENG 1(2) OIL CHIP DETECTED was not displayed on the EWD during
the previous flight.
For Maintenance Procedure, refer to :
Refer to AMM 79-35-00-040-803
Refer to AMM 79-35-00-040-808
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task
79-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative in the open position provided that the fuel temperature in
the inner tank is checked to be above -20 C.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 79-20-01A Air Cooled Oil Cooler (ACOC) Modulating Valve
79-20-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
79-40-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
Refer to Item 73-10-01 Fuel Return Valve
80-01-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
80-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated start valve is checked closed
after the start of the affected engine.
For Maintenance Procedure, refer to :
AMM 80-11-00-040-040
AMM 80-11-00-040-042
AMM 80-11-00-040-044
AMM 80-11-00-040-802
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM
80-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The required shutdown time is checked before the start of the affected engine, and
2) The start valve is manually closed after the start of the affected engine.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 80-11-01A Start Valve
(m) Refer to AMM Task 80-11-00-040-803
80-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) (m) One may be inoperative provided that the start valve is manually closed after the start of the
affected engine.
For Maintenance Procedure, refer to :
AMM 80-11-00-040-041
AMM 80-11-00-040-043
AMM 80-11-00-040-045
Continued on the following page
80-11-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
2 2 No
Must be operative.
80-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
MO-22-30 Autothrust
22-30-01A Autothrust (A/THR)................................................................................................................................ A
22-30-02A Autothrust Instinctive Disconnect pb..................................................................................................... B
Continued on the following page
MO-23 Communications
MO-23-01 Overhead Panels
MO-23-01-01 RCDR Overhead Panel
23-01-01-31A RCDR-GND CTL pb-sw (Inoperative in the AUTO position)............................................................A
23-01-01-31B RCDR-GND CTL pb-sw (Inoperative in the ON position)................................................................ B
MO-23-40 Interphone
23-40-01A Ground External Horn............................................................................................................................A
23-40-03A Flight Crew to Ground Communication System.................................................................................... B
MO-23-73-03 DEU B
23-73-03-01A(B) Cabin DEU B............................................................................................................................... A
MO-23-73-06 Handset
23-73-06-02A Cabin Handset.................................................................................................................................. A
MO-25 Equipment/Furnishings
MO-25-07 Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page
25-07-01A Passenger Door Slide Permanently Indicated Armed on the DOOR/OXY SD page ............................ A
25-07-02A Passenger Door Slide Permanently Indicated Not Armed on the DOOR/OXY SD page ......................B
MO-25-40 Lavatories
25-40-01A Toilet Waste Compartment Flapper Door..............................................................................................A
MO-27-92 Electrical Flight Control System (EFCS) Control Inputs and Power Supply
27-92-01A Speedbrake Control System (speedbrake control system inoperative).................................................A
27-92-01B Speedbrake Control System (speedbrake 2 or speedbrakes 3 and 4 inoperative)............................... B
27-92-02A Ground Spoiler Control System (Ground spoiler control system inoperative)....................................... C
27-92-02A Ground Spoiler Control System (ground spoiler control system inoperative)........................................D
27-92-02B Ground Spoiler Control System (Pair of spoilers 5 inoperative)............................................................E
27-92-02C Ground Spoiler Control System (Pairs of spoilers 1 and 2 or pairs of spoilers 3 and 4 inoperative)...... F
MO-28 Fuel
MO-28-01 Overhead Panels
MO-28-01-01 FUEL Overhead Panel
28-01-01-07A FUEL MODE SEL pb-sw FAULT light..............................................................................................A
MO-28-20 Distribution
28-20-01A Automatic Fuel Feed System................................................................................................................ A
MO-33 Lights
MO-33-01 Overhead Panels
MO-33-01-02 SIGNS Overhead Panel
33-01-02-02A AUTO Function of SEAT BELTS SIGNS selector............................................................................A
33-01-02-03A AUTO Function of NO SMOKING SIGNS selector ......................................................................... B
33-01-02-03A AUTO Function of NO PORTABLE/ELEC DEVICE signs selector.................................................. C
MO-34 Navigation
MO-34-01 Overhead Panels
MO-34-01-01 ADIRS Overhead Panel
34-01-01-31A ADR pb-sw........................................................................................................................................A
34-01-01-32A IR pb-sw........................................................................................................................................... B
34-01-01-33A IR Mode Selector............................................................................................................................. C
MO-34-11 Sensors
34-11-02A CAPT Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element Connected to the ADR 1.................................... A
34-11-03A CAPT Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element Connected to the ADR 3.................................... B
34-11-04A F/O Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor Element Connected to the ADR 2........................................C
MO-35 Oxygen
MO-35-01 Overhead Panels
MO-35-01-01 OXYGEN Overhead Panel
35-01-01-31B MANUAL Control of the MASK MAN ON pb .................................................................................. A
35-01-01-33A HI ALT LANDING pb-sw ................................................................................................................. B
MO-36 Pneumatic
MO-36-11 Engine Bleed Air Supply System
36-11-01A(E) Engine Bleed Air Supply System (non-EDTO flights).......................................................................A
36-11-01B(F) Engine Bleed Air Supply System (EDTO flights).............................................................................. B
36-11-06B Engine Bleed IP Check Valve............................................................................................................... C
36-11-07B Engine Bleed HP Valve.........................................................................................................................D
36-11-08C(D) Bleed Monitoring Computer (BMC).................................................................................................. E
MO-52 Doors
MO-52-07 Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page
52-07-01A Passenger Door Permanently Indicated Open on the DOOR/OXY SD page (SLIDE ARMED light
operative)................................................................................................................................................................. A
52-07-01B(C)(D) Passenger Door Permanently Indicated Open on the DOOR/OXY SD page (SLIDE ARMED light
may be permanently illuminated)............................................................................................................................ B
52-07-02A(B) Passenger Door Permanently Indicated Closed on the DOOR/OXY SD page ............................... C
52-07-03A(B)(C)(D) Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Open on the DOOR/OXY SD page ......... D
52-07-04A(B) Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently Indicated Closed on the DOOR/OXY SD page .................E
52-07-05A Cargo Door Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page ............................................................................F
52-07-06A Avionics Compartment Access Door Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page .....................................G
MO-56 Windows
MO-56-10 Cockpit
56-10-01A(B)(C)(D) Front Windshield..................................................................................................................... A
MO-75 Air
MO-75-24 Turbine Case Cooling (TCC) System
75-24-01A Turbine Active Clearance Control Valve............................................................................................... A
MO-78 Exhaust
MO-78-09 ECAM Alerts
78-09-01A ENG 1(2) REVERSER CTL FAULT Alert..............................................................................................A
MO-79 Oil
MO-79-09 ECAM Alerts
79-09-01A ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR Alert....................................................................................................................A
MO-79-20 Distribution
79-20-01A Air Cooled Oil Cooler (ACOC) Modulating Valve.................................................................................. A
MO-80 Starting
MO-80-11 Pneumatic Starter and Valve System
80-11-01A Start Valve............................................................................................................................................. A
GENERAL INFORMATION
Two amber crosses replace the cabin zone temperature indications on the COND SD page.
Refer to Item 21-07-03-01 Indications on the COND SD page
The INOP SYS column on the STATUS SD page may display the LAV DET message.
The cabin zone temperature regulation is lost.
The Zone Controller commands fixed FWD and AFT cabin ducts temperature (set to 15 C or
59 F).
To recover the cockpit temperature regulation:
HOT AIR pb-sw ..................................................................................................................... OFF
To control cockpit temperature, use the COCKPIT selector on the AIR COND overhead panel.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Two amber crosses replace the cabin zone temperature indications on the COND SD page.
Refer to Item 21-07-03-01 Indications on the COND SD page
The INOP SYS column on the STATUS SD page may display the LAV DET message.
The cabin zone temperature regulation is lost.
The Air Conditioning System Controller commands FWD and AFT cabin ducts temperature using
the position of the FWD CABIN selector and the AFT CABIN selector on the AIR COND overhead
panel.
Slight effect on cabin comfort may occur.
The cockpit temperature regulation is still operative.
21-26-01A Avionics Blower Fan (VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT Alert not displayed)
Ident.: MO-21-26-00008831.0001001 / 08 AUG 13
Applicable to: ALL
21-26-02A Avionics Extract Fan (VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT Alert not displayed)
Ident.: MO-21-26-00009184.0001001 / 20 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Time limitation on ground with electrical network supplied:
OAT (C) 38 45 55
Max time No limit 3h 35 min
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Time limitation on ground with electrical network supplied:
OAT (C) 38 45 55
Max time No limit 3h 35 min
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Time limitation on ground with electrical network supplied:
OAT (C) 38 45 55
Max time No limit 3h 35 min
ON GROUND
After application of the maintenance procedure:
Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert displayed on the EWD using the CLR pb.
The VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert will be displayed after landing.
ON GROUND
After application of the maintenance procedure:
Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert displayed on the EWD using the CLR pb.
The VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert will be displayed after landing.
Note: Avionics smoke may be not perceptible from the cockpit due to the opening of the
internal flap of the valve.
In the case of AVIONICS SMOKE alert:
Apply the ECAM procedure even if the smoke is not perceptible.
21-26-06A
Avionics Skin Exchanger Isolation Valve
21-26-06B
Ident.: MO-21-26-00008859.0001001 / 11 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
ON GROUND
After application of the maintenance procedure:
Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert displayed on the EWD using the CLR pb.
ON GROUND
After application of the maintenance procedure:
Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert displayed on the EWD using the CLR pb.
Note: In the case of a low pressure in the avionics compartment ventilation ducts, the weather
radar image may not be displayed on the ND on ground.
Clear the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT alert displayed on the EWD using the CLR pb
IN FLIGHT
In the case of an air conditioning pack failure:
The cabin altitude may reach about 9 700 ft (3 000 m), and
The CAB PR EXCESS CAB ALT alert may be displayed on the EWD.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
Set the LDG ELEV selector on the CABIN PRESS panel at the destination airport altitude.
On the CAB PRESS SD page, check that the LDG ELEV MAN message is displayed .
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
HOT AIR pb-sw (on the CARGO HEAT overhead panel)...................................................... OFF
On the COND SD page, check that the operative valve (either the hot air pressure regulating
valve or the trim air valve) is indicated closed.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The hot air pressure regulating valve automatically closes.
The Flow Control Valve on the affected side operates in pneumatic backup mode.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If the FWD cargo heating is installed:
For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
AIR COND HOT AIR pb-sw........................................................................................................ OFF
Note: Unequal passengers distribution may cause high temperature in the rear cabin when
the hot air pressure regulating valve is closed.
The temperature in the cockpit may be low when the hot air pressure regulating valve
is closed combined with single pack operation.
21-52-01A
21-52-01B Air Conditioning Pack (One Air Conditioning
21-52-01D Pack Inoperative for 'C' Repair Interval)
21-52-01E
Ident.: MO-21-52-00008889.0005001 / 22 SEP 15
Applicable to: ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
If primary channel is failed:
Pack flow is fixed at the value reached at the time of failure.
If primary and secondary channels are failed:
The air conditioning pack outlet temperature is controlled by the anti-ice valve to a nominal
value of 15C.
21-63-02A
Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve (Affected valve checked closed)
21-63-02D
Ident.: MO-21-63-00008893.0002001 / 18 JUL 12
1 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDR, VT-IDT, VT-IDU, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IEA, VT-IEB,
VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER,
VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IFH,
VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX,
VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-IHA,
VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ, VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD,
VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU,
VT-ITV, VT-ITW
21-63-03B Hot Air Pressure Regulating Valve (Trim air valve checked closed)
Ident.: MO-21-63-00009196.0002001 / 18 JUL 12
3 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDR, VT-IDT, VT-IDU, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IEA, VT-IEB,
VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER,
VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IFH,
VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX,
VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-IHA,
VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ, VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD,
VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU,
VT-ITV, VT-ITW
GENERAL INFORMATION
On the COND SD page, the hot air pressure regulating valve is displayed amber open.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
HOT AIR pb-sw.......................................................................................................................OFF
On the COND SD page, check that all the trim air valves are closed.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When one FMA is affected:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
When both FMAs are affected:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations strictly below 0.3 NM are not
permitted.
22-10-01A
Autopilot (AP)
22-10-01B
Ident.: MO-22-10-00008897.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When one AP is inoperative:
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations strictly below 0.3 NM are not
permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
When both APs are inoperative:
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
RVSM operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If both FDs are inoperative:
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
FOR TAKEOFF
For a takeoff without FDs:
Refer to FCOM/PRO-NOR-SRP-01-30 No Flight Director Takeoff.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When both lights are inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
RVSM operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2 without autoland.
IN FLIGHT
In the case of a TCAS Resolution Advisory, the flight crew must apply the basic TCAS procedure.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-34 TCAS WARNINGS
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
AFTER ENGINE START
Press and hold either autothrust instinctive disconnect pb for at least 15 s.
The A/THR system is permanently disconnected for the entire flight.
Check that A/THR INOP SYS is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
All A/THR functions including ALPHA FLOOR protection are lost.
The purpose of the procedure is to check the A/THR disconnection via the remaining Instinctive
Disconnect pb and via the A/THR pb on the FCU.
AFTER IRS ALIGNMENT
Note: Disregard alerts during the test. Use the EMER CANCEL pb on the ECAM control panel
as necessary.
Aircraft configuration for the check via the FMS 1:
ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1 and 2.............................................................................................ON
Both thrust levers................................................................................................................... MCT
FD.............................................................................................................................................. Off
AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 (121 VU M17) C/B.................................................................................. Pull
A/THR........................................................................................................................................ On
Check that green SPEED and white A/THR indications appear on the PFD.
Check that A/THR pb light bars are ON.
Continued on the following page
22-60-02A FAC 2
Ident.: MO-22-60-00008906.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
1
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
ON GROUND
If the AUTO FLT FAC 2 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD
or
If erroneous speeds are displayed:
AUTO FLT/FAC 2/28VDC (121VU M19) C/B ...................................................................Pull
FAC 2 pb-sw ................................................................................................................... OFF
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
22-70-01A
Flight Management System (FMS)
22-70-01B
Ident.: MO-22-70-00008913.0001001 / 28 JUN 11
1 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDT, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE,
VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU,
VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK,
VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH,
VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ,
VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP,
VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
IN FLIGHT
In the case of FMS 1+2 failure:
MCDU NAV B/UP .................................................................................................................Use
Refer to FCOM/DSC-22_20-60-130 MCDU Back Up Navigation.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
For aircraft with RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
22-81-03-01A
FCU Channel
22-81-03-01B
1 Ident.: MO-22-81-03-00020730.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
22-82-01B MCDU 1
1 Ident.: MO-22-82-00020731.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
22-82-02B MCDU 2
2 Ident.: MO-22-82-00020732.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
22-83-01A
Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)
22-83-01B
Ident.: MO-22-83-00008919.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
1
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
If the BACK/UP NAV function is inoperative:
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
If FMGC 1 is affected:
AUTO FLT/FMGC/1 (49VU B02 or 121VU M16) C/B ...........................................................Pull
If ADS-B (If Installed) or EHS (If Installed) is required for the intended flight:
ATC selector .......................................................................................................................2
If FMGC 2 is affected:
AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 (121VU M17) C/B ................................................................................ Pull
Note: During IR alignment, when the FMGC 2 is deactivated, IRS IN ALIGN memo cannot
be displayed until the FD 1 is engaged.
If ADS-B (If Installed) or EHS (If Installed) is required for the intended flight:
ATC selector .......................................................................................................................1
ON GROUND
CVR can only be tested through the CVR test pb-sw during the first 5 minutes after supply of the
aircraft electrical network.
AFTER LANDING
To stop CVR recording, if needed:
COM/CVR/SPLY (49 VU E14) C/B..................................................................................... PULL
GENERAL INFORMATION
To make troubleshooting easier, Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-23 COM VHF 1(2)(3)/HF 1(2)
EMITTING (If Installed).
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
To deactivate the HF1 system, apply:
COM HF1 (49 VU HA14) C/B ............................................................................................PULL
or
COM NAV/HF1 (121 VU L10) C/B .................................................................................... PULL
To deactivate the HF2 system, apply:
COM NAV/HF2 (121 VU L13) C/B .................................................................................... PULL
GENERAL INFORMATION
To make troubleshooting easier, Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-23 COM VHF 1(2)(3)/HF 1(2)
EMITTING (If Installed).
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
To deactivate the VHF1 system, apply:
COM/VHF/1 (49 VU G09) C/B ...........................................................................................PULL
To deactivate the VHF2 system, apply:
COM NAV/VHF/2 (121 VU L04) C/B ................................................................................. PULL
To deactivate the VHF3 system, apply:
COM NAV/VHF/3 (121 VU L05) C/B ................................................................................. PULL
ON GROUND
When the aircraft electrical network is supplied:
Monitor the avionics equipment ventilation in the cockpit.
BEFORE LEAVING THE AIRCRAFT
Set the three ADIRS Mode selectors to OFF.
a. Insert chocks: arms extended, palms outwards, move hands inwards to cross in front of face.
b. Remove chocks: hands crossed in front of face, palms out wards, move arms outwards
3. Ready To Start Engine(S)
a. Raise the appropriate number of fingers on one hand indicating the number of the engine to
be started.
Note: 1. These signals are designed for use by a Pilot in his cockpit with hands plainly visible to
the signalman, and illuminated as necessary to facilitate observation by the signalman.
2. The airplane engines are numbered in relation to the signal man facing the airplane,
from his right to his left (i.e. No. 1 engine being the port outer engine).
The affected crew member shall continue to wear boom set throughout the flight.
GENERAL INFORMATION
On the affected cabin area:
general cabin illumination is set to full brightness,
Passenger Call is not available,
The (No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt/No Portable Electric Device) Signs are not available.
IN FLIGHT
When return to seat is requested,
or
When seat belts should be fasten,
or
When smoking is prohibited,
or
When portable electric device use is prohibited,
Use the passenger address system to alert cabin attendants and passengers.
23-73-03-01A
Cabin DEU B
23-73-03-01B
Ident.: MO-23-73-03-00009539.0001001 / 09 JUL 14
Applicable to: ALL
In the event of lavatory loudspeaker being declared inoperative, the cabin attendants must check
the affected lavatory every 15 minutes for passengers who may be inside and have not heard the
announcement made by the flight deck crew/cabin attendants. The same must be logged in the
CDLB.
Alternate normal and emergency procedures must be established before departure for the use of one
cabin handset per pair of floor level exit doors, if necessary.
Refer to IGA-IFS-TRG-058
GENERAL INFORMATION
The cabin lighting may be dimmed through the Additional Attendant Panel (AAP) (If available).
ON GROUND
If the DOOR PRESS LOW message is displayed on thePTP status page:
Refer to Item 52-10-06 DOOR PRESS LOW/CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the
PTP/FAP
If the Passenger Door SLIDE PRESS LOW message is displayed on the PTP status
page:
Refer to Item 25-62-06 Passenger Door Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP
If the Emergency Exit SLIDE PRESS LOW message is displayed on the PTP status
page:
Refer to Item 25-62-07 Overwing Emergency Exit Slide Pressure Message on the PTP/FAP
GENERAL INFORMATION
The cabin lighting may be dimmed through the Additional Attendant Panel (AAP) (If available).
BEFORE PUSHBACK
Confirm the external power disconnection either on the ELEC SD page or with the ground crew.
PARKING
If the APU is not available:
EXT PWR pb-sw................................................................................................................ ON
Confirm the external power connection either on the ELEC SD page or with the ground
crew before engine shutdown.
GENERAL INFORMATION
When the ELEC AC ESS BUS SHED alert is displayed on the EWD:
The AC ESS BUS SHED message may appear on the ELEC SD page,
The CAPT AOA message may be displayed in the INOP SYS column on the STATUS SD page,
The ELEC/AC BUS/8XP/MONG (49VU H11) C/B may trip.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check of the AC ESS BUS SHED:
Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power
Check that the CAPT right DU is operative.
IN FLIGHT
If either the ANTI ICE F/O AOA alert or the ANTI ICE F/O PROBES alert is displayed on
the EWD, and icing conditions cannot be avoided:
ADR 2 pb-sw ...................................................................................................................OFF
AIR DATA sw ................................................................................................................F/O 3
Note: If the ADR 2 pb-sw is set to OFF, takeoff in CONF 1+F is not permitted.
If either the ANTI ICE STBY AOA alert or the ANTI ICE STBY PROBES alert is displayed
on the EWD, and icing conditions cannot be avoided:
ADR 3 pb-sw ....................................................................................................................... OFF
GENERAL INFORMATION
When the ELEC AC ESS BUS SHED alert is displayed on the EWD:
The AC ESS BUS SHED message may appear on the ELEC SD page,
The CAPT AOA message may be displayed in the INOP SYS column on the STATUS SD page,
The ELEC/AC BUS/8XP/MONG (49VU H11) C/B may trip.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
COM/HF1 (49VU HA14) C/B........................................................................................................ Pull
Check of the AC ESS BUS SHED:
Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
Check that the CAPT right DU is operative.
IN FLIGHT
If either the ANTI ICE F/O AOA alert or the ANTI ICE F/O PROBES alert is displayed on
the EWD, and icing conditions cannot be avoided:
ADR 2 pb-sw.................................................................................................................... OFF
AIR DATA sw................................................................................................................. F/O 3
Note: If the ADR 2 pb-sw is set to OFF, takeoff in CONF 1+F is not permitted.
If either the ANTI ICE STBY AOA alert or the ANTI ICE STBY PROBES alert is displayed
on the EWD, and icing conditions cannot be avoided:
ADR 3 pb-sw.........................................................................................................................OFF
24-09-03B
ELEC IDG 1(2) OIL LO LVL Alert
24-09-03D
Ident.: MO-24-09-00015753.0001001 / 10 DEC 15
2 Applicable to: VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO,
VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
APU fuel consumption with APU GEN pb-sw On:
FL GND 200 250 300 335 390
KG/H 100 63 57 54 49 42
LB/H 220 139 126 119 108 93
Note: When the External Power is disconnected, the IFE is lost until the APU supplies the
electrical network.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check of the galley automatic load shed system:
Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
GALY & CAB pb-sw.............................................................................................................AUTO
ELEC/GALY & CAB/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B........................................................Pull
Check that a part of the operative galley equipment does not operate.
ELEC/GALY & CAB/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B......................................................Push
Note: Disregard this procedure if main galleys are not connected.
BEFORE ENGINE START
If the IDG 1(2) associated with the inoperative AC main generation 1(2) has been
disconnected:
Check that the DISC message is displayed on the ELEC SD page.
CAUTION For economical reason, the IDG should not operate for more than 50 flight hours
in the disconnected mode.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
APU fuel consumption with APU GEN pb-sw On:
FL GND 200 250 300 335 390
KG/H 100 63 57 54 49 42
LB/H 220 139 126 119 108 93
Note: When the External Power is disconnected, the IFE is lost until the APU supplies the
electrical network.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check of the galley automatic load shed system:
Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
GALY & CAB pb-sw ............................................................................................................AUTO
ELEC/GALY & CAB/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B .......................................................Pull
Check that a part of the operative galley equipment does not operate.
ELEC/GALY & CAB/GND/FLT/LOGIC (122VU S24) C/B .....................................................Push
Note: Disregard this procedure if main galleys are not connected.
Continued on the following page
24-26-02B GALY & CAB Manual Load Shed System (GALY & CAB pb-sw)
Ident.: MO-24-26-00008979.0002001 / 17 SEP 10
Applicable to: ALL
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
If the AVNCS SMOKE emergency procedure is applied or if the AVIONICS SMOKE alert
is displayed on the EWD replace the action to set the GALY & CAB pb-sw to OFF by the
following actions:
EMER EXIT LT selector........................................................................................As required
COMMERCIAL pb-sw.......................................................................................................OFF
Note: When the COMMERCIAL pb-sw is set to OFF, the normal cabin lighting goes off.
Minimum cabin lighting is recovered when the EMER EXIT LT selector is set to ON.
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
If the AVNCS SMOKE emergency procedure is applied or if the AVIONICS SMOKE alert
is displayed on the EWD replace the action to set the COMMERCIAL pb-sw to OFF by
the following actions:
BUS TIE pb...................................................................................................................... OFF
GEN 2 pb-sw.................................................................................................................... OFF
The F/O PFDU, the F/O NDU, and the ECAM lower display are lost.
If the smoke persists:
GEN 2 pb-sw................................................................................................................On
When the GEN 2 pb-sw is set to on, all the electrical busses are recovered but the TR 2
remains inoperative
BUS TIE pb............................................................................................................. AUTO
Before the landing gear extension:
GEN 2 pb-sw...................................................................................................................... On
When the GEN 2 pb-sw is set to on, all the electrical busses are recovered but the TR 2
remains inoperative
BUS TIE pb....................................................................................................................AUTO
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
TR 1/CNTOR/SPLY (125VU CF01) C/B.......................................................................................Pull
On the ELEC SD page, disregard the indications related to the deactivated TR 1.
On the ELEC SD page, check that the TR 2 and the ESS TR voltages are both equal to or above
27 V.
The batteries must be set to OFF for the following check: On the battery voltage indicator, check
that the BAT 1 and the BAT 2 voltages are both equal to or above 25.5 V.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
TR 2/CNTOR/SPLY (124VU BC01) C/B...................................................................................... Pull
On the ELEC SD page, disregard the indications related to the deactivated TR 2.
On the ELEC SD page, check that the TR 1and the ESS TR voltages are both equal to or above
27 V.
The batteries must be set to OFF for the following check: On the battery voltage indicator, check
that the BAT 1 and the BAT 2 voltages are both equal to or above 25.5 V.
AC ESS FEED pb-sw................................................................................................................ALTN
IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the AC BUS 2, all DUs are lost. In this case:
AC ESS FEED pb-sw..........................................................................................................Norm
In the case of failure of the AC BUS 1:
RAT MAN ON pb-sw (on HYD overhead panel).................................................................... Set
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Do not start the APU.
Use a ground power unit to start the engines on ground.
DURING PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
If BAT 1 is affected:
BAT 1 pb-sw ........................................................................................................................ OFF
If BAT 2 is affected:
BAT 2 pb-sw ........................................................................................................................ OFF
ON GROUND
Cabin crew must confirm before each flight that the associated slide is armed.
ON GROUND
Cabin crew must confirm before each flight that the associated slide is armed.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
The takeoff briefing should include the status of the affected seat and the position to be adopted
by the F/O in the case of RTO.
To cope with any potential RTO:
The F/O must tightly fasten operative harness strap.
DURING FLIGHT
For any phase of flight in turbulence atmosphere:
The F/O must fasten the belts accordingly.
BEFORE LANDING
The landing briefing should include the status of the affected seat and the position to be adopted
by the F/O in the case of high deceleration at landing.
To cope with any potential high deceleration at landing:
The F/O must tightly fasten operative harness straps.
DURING FLIGHT
To cope with any potential turbulence situation:
The crewmember of the affected seat must tightly fasten the operative harness straps.
DURING FLIGHT
To cope with any potential turbulence situation:
The third occupant must tightly fasten the operative harness straps.
DURING FLIGHT
To cope with any potential turbulence situation:
The fourth occupant must tightly fasten the operative harness straps.
PROCEDURE
The INOP seat shall not be used by cabin attendants. The jump seat must be secured in closed
position (with tape) & placarded as INOP. Alternate seating arrangement will be made for the
cabin attendants in consultation with the PIC, AME and the ground services team.
25-20-03B
Required Cabin Attendant Seat
25-20-03C
Ident.: MO-25-20-00016377.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
PROCEDURE
The INOP jump seat shall not be used by cabin attendants. The jump seat must be secured in
closed position (with Tape) & placarded as INOP. Alternate seating arrangements will be made for
the cabin attendants in consulation with the PIC, AME & the ground services team.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The direct view of passenger cabin by flight attendants pertains to direct visual contact between
the flight attendants and the passenger cabin. it is considered that at least 80 % of the total
number of passenger seats installed, 50 % of the seats in each divided zone, should be visible to
flight attendants.
In the event of one Galley Waste compartment flapper inoperative / missing, the cabin attendants
must immediately secure the waste compartment flapper (spring loaded flap door) with an
adhesive tape. The galley waste compartment must be declared INOPERATIVE and the same
must be mentioned in the CDLB. Cabin attendants must ensure that the Galley waste bin must not
be used.
All trash must be collected and stored in the waste cart only.
In the event of one Lavatory Waste compartment inoperative / missing, the cabin attendants must
immediately secure the waste compartment flapper (spring loaded flap door) with an adhesive
tape. The Lavatory waste compartment must be declared INOPERATIVE and the same must be
mentioned in the CDLB. Cabin attendants must ensure that the Lavatory waste bin must not be
used.
The cabin attendants must check the associated lavatory every 15 minutes to ensure that the
flapper door has not been tampered with and waste has been thrown inside ensuring there is no
fire hazard.
GENERAL INFORMATION
If necessary, the information will be given through the passenger address system or the cabin
interphone system.
26-12-01A
26-12-02A
Engine Fire Detection Loop
26-12-03A
26-12-04A
Ident.: MO-26-12-00015645.0001001 / 10 OCT 14
Applicable to: ALL
COCKPIT PREPARATION
The engine fire test is made before each flight.
26-13-01A
APU Fire Detection Loop
26-13-01B
Ident.: MO-26-13-00015646.0001001 / 10 OCT 14
Applicable to: ALL
ON GROUND
The APU fire test is made before each APU start.
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
Disregard:
on the VENTILATION overhead panel: the BLOWER pb-sw FAULT light and the EXTRACT
pb-sw FAULT light
on the EMER ELEC PWR overhead panel: the GEN 1 LINE pb-sw SMOKE light
IN FLIGHT
In the case of an electrical smoke:
Apply the AVNCS SMOKE emergency procedure. Refer to QRH/ABN-26-Fire
Protection-A.SMOKE/FUMES/AVNCS SMOKE.
26-16-02C
Smoke Detector in the AFT and the BULK Cargo Compartments
26-16-02E
Ident.: MO-26-16-00009027.0004001 / 29 MAY 15
1 Applicable to: VT-IDM, VT-IDN, VT-IDO, VT-IDR, VT-IDS, VT-IDT, VT-IDV
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For live animal transportation, use the Live Animal Transportation Calculation Tool.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
AFT ISOL VALVE pb-sw ............................................................................................................OFF
26-17-01A
Lavatory Smoke Detection System
26-17-01B
Ident.: MO-26-17-00009028.0001001 / 09 JUL 14
Applicable to: ALL
In the event of Lavatory Smoke Detection system being declared as inoperative, alternate method
of periodically checking the lavatory must be used. The Flight deck must be informed of the INOP
lavatory Smoke Detector and the same must be logged in CDLB.
The cabin attendants must ensure that they check the affected lavatory/ lavatory waste bin every
15 minutes to assess the situation for threat of fire in the lavatory. Ensure NO SMOKING rule is
followed strictly.
27-22-01A
Rudder Trim System
27-22-01B
Ident.: MO-27-22-00009043.0001001 / 11 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
GENERAL INFORMATION
ENG 2 APPR IDLE ONLY message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
FLAPS SLOW message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
1
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Disregard and clear the F/CTL FLAP SYS 2 FAULT alert displayed on the EWD.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
27-64-01A Spoiler 5
Ident.: MO-27-64-00009046.0001001 / 12 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
27-64-02A Spoiler 1 or 3
Ident.: MO-27-64-00009048.0013001 / 18 JUL 12
1 Applicable to: VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE, VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDM, VT-IDN,
VT-IDO, VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDR, VT-IDS, VT-IDT, VT-IDU, VT-IDV, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED,
VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET,
VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ,
VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR,
VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The following penalties may be used for takeoff and landing performance determination if no
takeoff and landing data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program
with present failure case) is available.
Takeoff performance computation:
WARNING Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.
Determine the Maximum Takeoff Weight and associated speeds in normal conditions on dry
runway.
Decrease the Maximum Takeoff Weight by 800 kg (1 770 lb).
Decrease V1 by 1 kt. Keep VR and V2 unchanged.
If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method:
The speeds determined without failure and associated with the actual TOW may be
retained provided they are all lower than the speeds calculated using above method.
Check that the corrected V1 is equal to or above the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCG limitation).
If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1:
Take this last value as V1
Further decrease the weight by 3 000 kg (6 600 lb) per kt difference between both values.
Continued on the following page
27-64-02A Spoiler 1 or 3
Ident.: MO-27-64-00009048.0045001 / 08 FEB 13
Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL,
VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance computation:
The takeoff performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent
program with present failure case taken into account.
Launch PEP.
Landing performance computation
Multiply the landing distances by 1.05.
AFTER ENGINE START
On the HYD SD page, check the absence of amber data.
27-64-02A Spoiler 1 or 3
Ident.: MO-27-64-00009048.0046001 / 10 DEC 15
2 Applicable to: VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO,
VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance computation:
The takeoff performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent
program with present failure case taken into account.
Continued on the following page
27-64-03A Spoiler 2 or 4
Ident.: MO-27-64-00009051.0001001 / 28 JUN 11
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For performance penalties, Refer to OpsProc 27-64-02A Spoiler 1 or 3
AFTER ENGINE START
On the HYD SD page, check the absence of amber data.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The following penalties may be used for takeoff and landing performance determination if no
takeoff and landing data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program
with present failure case) is available.
Takeoff performance computation:
The method explained hereafter allows the determination of the MTOW and associated
speeds (V1, VR, V2), by applying decrements on the MTOW and associated speeds
computed in normal conditions (i.e. all systems operative). The method is based on the use of
RTOW charts established at optimum V2/VS, optimum V1/VR, minimum V1.
WARNING Do not use this method with takeoff charts computed with other conditions.
Do not use this method for takeoff with tailwind.
Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.
Continued on the following page
How to proceed ?
Read, in 0 kt wind column of the takeoff chart computed in normal condition, the MTOW
and associated speeds (V1, VR, V2) corresponding to the actual temperature, even in the
case of headwind (the method does not take into account the headwind benefit on takeoff
performance).
Apply the QNH and/or bleed corrections, if any, to determine the MTOW.
Enter the following table to determine the MTOW and speed decrements.
Applying these decrements, calculate the MTOW and associated speeds corresponding to
the actual temperature.
CAUTION Do not extrapolate below the shortest runway length provided by the table.
DECREMENTS (W, V1, VR, V2) WHEN TWO PAIRS OF SPOILERS ARE INOPERATIVE
CONFIGURATION
RUNWAY 1+F 2 3
LENGTH (m) W (kg/lb) V1 VR V2 W (kg/lb) V1 VR V2 W (kg/lb) V1 VR V2
(kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt)
1 500 1 400/3 000 3 1 1 1 300/2 800 3 1 1 1 300/2 800 2 1 1
2 000 1 900/4 100 2 0 0 1 300/2 800 1 0 0 1 000/2 200 1 0 0
2 500 1 000/2 200 2 1 1 1 200/2 600 2 1 1 1 100/2 400 2 1 1
3 000 1 300/2 800 4 4 4 1 300/2 800 4 3 3 1 000/2 200 4 3 3
3 500 1 700/3 700 7 6 6 1 000/2 200 4 3 3 900/1 900 5 3 3
4 000 and
900/1 900 4 2 2 900/1 900 4 3 3 800/1 700 5 3 3
above
If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method:
The speeds determined without failure and associated with the actual TOW may be
retained provided that they are all lower than the speeds calculated using above method.
Check that the corrected V1 is equal to or above the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCG limitation).
If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1:
Take this last value as V1.
Further decrease the weight by 3 000 kg (6 600 lb) per kt difference between both values.
Check that the corrected VR is equal to or above the minimum VR value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The following penalties may be used for takeoff and landing performance determination if no
takeoff and landing data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program
with present failure case) is available.
Takeoff performance computation:
The method explained hereafter allows the determination of the MTOW and associated
speeds (V1, VR, V2), by applying decrements on the MTOW and associated speeds
computed in normal conditions (i.e. all systems operative). The method is based on the use of
RTOW charts established at optimum V2/VS, optimum V1/VR, minimum V1.
WARNING Do not use this method with takeoff charts computed with other conditions.
Do not use this method for takeoff with tailwind.
Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.
How to proceed ?
Read, in 0 kt wind column of the takeoff chart computed in normal condition, the MTOW
and associated speeds (V1, VR, V2) corresponding to the actual temperature, even in the
case of headwind (the method does not take into account the headwind benefit on takeoff
performance).
Apply the QNH and/or bleed corrections, if any, to determine the MTOW.
Enter the following table to determine the MTOW and speed decrements.
Applying these decrements, calculate the MTOW and associated speeds corresponding to
the actual temperature.
CAUTION Do not extrapolate below the shortest runway length provided by the table.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance computation:
The takeoff performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent
program with present failure case taken into account.
Launch PEP.
Landing performance computation
Multiply the landing distances by 1.10.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
SEC 3 pb-sw........................................................................................................................... OFF
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY (121VU Q19) C/B..............................................................Pull
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance computation:
The takeoff performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent
program with present failure case taken into account.
Launch PEP.
Landing performance computation
Multiply the landing distances by 1.20.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
SEC 3 pb-sw ..........................................................................................................................OFF
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY (121VU Q19) C/B ............................................................ Pull
IN FLIGHT
In the case of further failure of SEC 1 and SEC 2:
Autoland is not permitted.
Disengage the AP at 500 ft RA before landing in direct law. As soon as the AP is
disengaged when the three SECs are failed, it cannot be engaged again.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For performance penalties Refer to OpsProc 27-64-04A Spoilers 1 and 2
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check that the DC TIE contactor 1 is closed:
Supply the electrical network from the APU or the external power.
On the ELEC SD page, check the link between the DC BUS 1 and the DC BAT BUS.
IN FLIGHT
Do not use the speedbrakes.
GENERAL INFORMATION
SLATS SLOW message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Disregard and clear the F/CTL SLAT SYS 2 FAULT alert displayed on the EWD.
Refer to OpsProc 27-92-02A Ground Spoiler Control System (ground spoiler control system
inoperative)
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If speedbrake n2 is inoperative:
Apply performance penalties associated with the pair of spoilers 2 inoperative. Refer to
OpsProc 27-64-03A Spoiler 2 or 4
If speedbrakes n3 and n4 are inoperative:
Apply performance penalties associated with two pairs of spoilers inoperative. Refer to
OpsProc 27-64-04A Spoilers 1 and 2
IN FLIGHT
If speedbrakes n3 and n4 are inoperative:
Do not use the speedbrakes.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The autobrake function is not available. Refer to OpsProc 32-42-05A AUTO/BRK Function
CAUTION One or both thrust reversers may not deploy at landing. Consequently, for
performance determination, do not take into account the credit of the thrust
reversers.
Continued on the following page
GENERAL INFORMATION
The autobrake function is not available. Refer to OpsProc 32-42-05A AUTO/BRK Function
CAUTION One or both thrust reversers may not deploy at landing. Consequently, for
performance determination, do not take into account the credit of the thrust
reversers.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The following penalties may be used for takeoff and landing performance determination if no
takeoff and landing data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program
with present failure case) is available.
Takeoff performance computation:
The method explained hereafter allows the determination of the MTOW and associated
speeds (V1, VR, V2), by applying decrements on the MTOW and associated speeds
computed in normal conditions (i.e. all systems operative).
WARNING Do not use this method with takeoff charts computed with other conditions
or by using TLC program.
Do not use this method for takeoff with tailwind.
Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.
How to proceed ?
Read, in 0 kt wind column of the takeoff chart computed in normal condition, the MTOW
and associated speeds (V1, VR, V2) corresponding to the actual temperature, even in the
case of headwind (the method does not take into account the headwind benefit on takeoff
performance).
Apply the QNH and/or bleed corrections, if any, to determine the MTOW.
Enter the following table to determine the MTOW and speed decrements.
Applying these decrements, calculate the MTOW and associated speeds corresponding to
the actual temperature.
Continued on the following page
CAUTION For runway lengths below 1,500 m, do not use the following table.
DECREMENTS (W, V1, VR, V2) WHEN GROUND SPOILER CONTROL SYSTEM IS INOPERATIVE
CONFIGURATION
RUNWAY 1+F 2 3
LENGTH (m) W (kg/lb) V1 VR V2 W V1 VR V2 W (kg/lb) V1 VR V2
(kt) (kt) (kt) (kg/lb) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt)
1 500 2 800/6 200 7 2 2 3 000/6 700 7 2 2 2 600/5 800 7 2 2
2 000 2 600/5 800 6 2 2 2 400/5 300 4 1 1 2 400/5 300 6 2 2
2 500 1 600/3 600 3 1 1 1 600/3 600 3 1 1 2 600/5 800 5 2 2
3 000 2 400/5 300 5 2 2 2 600/5 800 6 2 2 2 000/4 500 8 5 5
3 500 2 800/6 200 5 3 3 2 000/4 500 7 5 5 2 400/5 300 8 7 7
4 000 and
3 400/7 500 5 3 3 2 200/4 900 7 6 6 2 200/4 900 8 6 6
above
If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method:
The speeds determined without failure and associated with the actual TOW may be
retained provided that they are all lower than the speeds calculated using above method.
Check that the corrected V1 is equal to or above the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCG limitation).
If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1:
Take this last value as V1.
Further decrease the weight by 3 000 kg (6 600 lb) per kt difference between both values.
Check that the corrected VR is equal to or above the minimum VR value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).
If the corrected VR is lower than the minimum VR:
Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.
Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCA limitation).
If the corrected V2 is lower than the minimum V2:
Takeoff cannot be performed using this method.
Check that the corrected V2 is equal to or above the minimum V2 due to VMU limitation (Refer
to FCOM/PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 MINIMUM V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA (KT IAS)).
Continued on the following page
GENERAL INFORMATION
The autobrake function is not available. Refer to OpsProc 32-42-05A AUTO/BRK Function
CAUTION One or both thrust reversers may not deploy at landing. Consequently, for
performance determination, do not take into account the credit of the thrust
reversers.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance computation
The takeoff performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent
program with present failure case taken into account.
Launch PEP.
Landing performance computation
Multiply the landing distances by 1.15.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The autobrake function is not available. Refer to OpsProc 32-42-05A AUTO/BRK Function
CAUTION One or both thrust reversers may not deploy at landing. Consequently, for
performance determination, do not take into account the credit of the thrust
reversers.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance computation
The takeoff performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent
program with present failure case taken into account.
Launch PEP.
Landing performance computation
Multiply the landing distances by 1.50.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For performance penalties, Refer to OpsProc 27-64-01A Spoiler 5
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If the pairs of spoilers 1 and 2 are inoperative:
For performance penalties, Refer to OpsProc 27-64-04A Spoilers 1 and 2
Continued on the following page
27-93-01A ELAC 1
Ident.: MO-27-93-00009068.0002001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
1
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the AP 1 is engaged for landing:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
If the AP 2 is engaged for landing:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Note: If the Yellow Electric Pump is not available:
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with:
A Ground cart, or with
The Yellow Engine 2 Pump with the Engine 2 running.
Replace any action on the YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw by a similar action on the
Ground Cart or on the YELLOW ENG 2 PUMP pb-sw in the following procedure.
If the F/CTL ELAC 1 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD:
Note: 1. After application of the maintenance procedure, the following ECAM alerts remain
displayed on the EWD :
C/B TRIPPED R ELEC BAY alert , and
C/B TRIPPED ON OVHD PNL alert, and
F/CTL ELAC 1 FAULT alert.
2. After first engine start, the F/CTL ALTN LAW alert may be spuriously displayed. It
normally disappears after second engine start.
Check of the elevator and the roll spoilers control through the SECs:
Put the aircraft in the test configuration:
Continued on the following page
Note: Due to the fact that the ELAC 1 is not electrically supplied, the F/O take-over pb cannot
disengage the AP 1.
27-94-01A SEC 1
Ident.: MO-27-94-00009069.0001001 / 26 NOV 13
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For performance penalties, Refer to OpsProc 27-64-05A Spoilers 3 and 4
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Note: If the Yellow Electric Pump is not available:
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with:
A Ground cart, or with
The Yellow Engine 2 Pump with the Engine 2 running.
Replace any action on the YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw by a similar action on the
Ground Cart or on the YELLOW ENG 2 PUMP pb-sw in the following procedure.
Note: After application of the maintenance procedure, the C/B TRIPPED R ELEC BAY and the
C/B TRIPPED ON OVHD PNL alerts are displayed on the EWD.
Check of the elevator control and roll spoilers control through the operative computers:
Put the aircraft in the test configuration:
YELLOW ELEC PUMP pb-sw ....................................................................................ON
PTU pb-sw ............................................................................................................. AUTO
BLUE ELEC PUMP pb-sw .....................................................................................AUTO
BLUE PUMP OVRD pb ..............................................................................................ON
ELAC 1 pb-sw .............................................................................................................On
ELAC 2 pb-sw .............................................................................................................On
SEC 2 pb-sw ...............................................................................................................On
SEC 3 pb-sw ...............................................................................................................On
Wait 5 s
Check of the elevator control through the ELAC 1:
Continued on the following page
27-94-02A SEC 2
Ident.: MO-27-94-00009070.0001001 / 26 NOV 13
Applicable to: ALL
27-94-03A SEC 3
Ident.: MO-27-94-00009071.0001001 / 17 SEP 10
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For performance penalties, Refer to OpsProc 27-64-04A Spoilers 1 and 2
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Deactivation of the SEC 3:
SEC 3 pb-sw ..........................................................................................................................OFF
FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC 3/SPLY (121VU Q19) C/B ........................................................... Pull
IN FLIGHT
If the SEC 1 and the SEC 2 fail during the flight:
Autoland is not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
Disengage the AP at 500 ft RA before landing in direct law.
When the AP is disengaged with the three SECs failed, it cannot be engaged again.
27-95-02A FCDC 2
Ident.: MO-27-95-00009072.0001001 / 11 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
28-07-01-02A Fuel Quantity Indication (FQI) in Degraded Mode on the FUEL SD page
Ident.: MO-28-07-01-00009110.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
1
ON GROUND
The FQI is in degraded mode when the FOB indication is displayed with two dashes across the
two last digits on the EWD.
When the FQI is in degraded mode:
On the FUEL SD page, determine which tank is affected.
The resulting loss of accuracy must be taken into account by using the two following
parameters:
1. Fq : The extra fuel quantity to be loaded.
2. W: The weight to be added to the total fuel weight for TOW calculation only.
Fq and W parameters are given as follows :
LOSS OF ACCURACY DUE TO THE FUEL QUANTITY INDICATION IN DEGRADED MODE
(Values in kg)
Fq (kg) W (kg)
OUTER TANK 20 200
INNER TANK 110 110
CENTER TANK 130 130
ALL TANKS 390 750
Continued on the following page
28-07-01-03A
Outer Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page
28-07-01-03C
Ident.: MO-28-07-01-00009111.0001001 / 10 DEC 15
Applicable to: ALL
AFTER REFUELING
The FOB may be calculated either using the indications on the refuel control panel (if available) or
by using the Manual Magnetic Indicators (MMIs):Refer to FCOM/PER-LOD-FUL-FUEL-C.USE OF
MANUAL MAGNETIC INDICATORS (MMI)
AFTER ENGINE START
Check that /FF is selected on the MCDU FUEL PRED page.
If /FF is not selected on the MCDU FUEL PRED page:
Insert the FOB.
AFTER REFUELING
The FOB may be calculated either using the indications on the refuel control panel (if available) or
by using the Manual Magnetic Indicators (MMIs):Refer to FCOM/PER-LOD-FUL-FUEL-C.USE OF
MANUAL MAGNETIC INDICATORS (MMI)
AFTER ENGINE START
Check that /FF is selected on the MCDU FUEL PRED page.
If /FF is not selected on the MCDU FUEL PRED page:
Insert the FOB.
AFTER REFUELING
The FOB may be calculated either using the indications on the refuel control panel (if available) or
by using the Manual Magnetic Indicators (MMIs):Refer to FCOM/PER-LOD-FUL-FUEL-C.USE OF
MANUAL MAGNETIC INDICATORS (MMI).
Continued on the following page
IN FLIGHT
When any inner tank fuel quantity reaches 750 kg (1 650 lb) of fuel:
On the FUEL SD page, check the associated outer tank transfer.
28-09-01A
FUEL L(R) INNER(OUTER) TK HI TEMP Alert
28-09-01B
Ident.: MO-28-09-00009116.0001001 / 12 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
On the FUEL SD page, monitor the fuel temperature before takeoff and periodically during the
flight.
Note: For fuel temperature limits, Refer to AFM/LIM-28 Fuel Temperature Limits.
If fuel temperature reaches limits:
Before takeoff:
Delay takeoff and shut down the engine on the affected side.
In flight:
Increase the engine fuel flow on the affected side.
If necessary use the APU GEN and switch off the IDG on the affected side (if the
opposite GEN is available).
28-09-02A
FUEL L(R) INNER(OUTER) TK LO TEMP Alert
28-09-02B
Ident.: MO-28-09-00009117.0001001 / 11 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
On the FUEL SD page, monitor the fuel temperature before takeoff and periodically during the
flight.
Note: For fuel temperature limits, Refer to AFM/LIM-28 Fuel Temperature Limits.
If fuel temperature reaches limits:
Before takeoff:
Delay takeoff.
In flight:
Consider descending to a lower altitude and/or increasing the mach to increase the TAT.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The dispatch condition results in an unusual distribution of the fuel quantity: the outer tank of the
affected wing will be partially empty with the transfer valves normally closed.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Fuel management should be performed with care.
ON GROUND AND IN FLIGHT
After a long taxi or if the outside air temperature is high, with the outer tank of the
affected wing empty:
The FUEL L(R) OUTER TK HI TEMP alert may be displayed on the EWD.
If the FUEL L(R) OUTER TK HI TEMP alert is displayed on the EWD:
Disregard the FUEL L(R) OUTER TK HI TEMP alert.
Monitor the inner tank fuel temperature during taxi and in flight to ensure that it
decreases and remains within the temperature limitations.
Note: For fuel temperature limitations, Refer to AFM/LIM-28 Fuel Temperature
Limits.
If the inner tank fuel temperature exceeds the temperature limitations, apply the FUEL
L(R) INNER TK HI TEMP procedure: Refer to OpsProc 28-09-01A(B) FUEL L(R)
INNER(OUTER)/WING TK HI TEMP Alert.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The dispatch condition results in an unusual distribution of the fuel quantity: the fuel in both outer
tanks will transfer to the inner tanks even when the inner tanks are not empty.
ON GROUND
Check that the associated wing transfer valves are indicated open on the FUEL SD page.
28-15-01A
LH Wing Transfer Valve (At least one transfer valve open)
28-15-01C
Ident.: MO-28-15-00009088.0001001 / 02 APR 13
Applicable to: ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
If one or both wing transfer valves are inoperative in the open position:
The dispatch condition results in an unusual distribution of the fuel quantity: the fuel in the
outer tank on the affected side will transfer to the inner tank even when the inner tank is not
empty.
If one wing transfer valve is secured in the open position:
The dispatch condition results in an unusual distribution of the fuel quantity: the fuel in both
outer tanks will transfer to the inner tanks even when the inner tanks are not empty.
ON GROUND
If one wing transfer valve is secured in the open position:
Check that the wing transfer valve is indicated open on the FUEL SD page.
28-15-01B LH Wing Transfer Valve (At least one transfer valve failed closed)
Ident.: MO-28-15-00009089.0001001 / 11 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the affected outer tank should be considered as not usable for the flight planning.
28-15-02A
RH Wing Transfer Valve (At least one transfer valve open)
28-15-02C
Ident.: MO-28-15-00009090.0001001 / 02 APR 13
Applicable to: ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
If one or both wing transfer valves are inoperative in the open position:
The dispatch condition results in an unusual distribution of the fuel quantity: the fuel in the
outer tank on the affected side will transfer to the inner tank even when the inner tank is not
empty.
Continued on the following page
28-15-02B RH Wing Transfer Valve (At least one transfer valve failed closed)
Ident.: MO-28-15-00009091.0001001 / 11 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the affected outer tank should be considered as not usable for the flight planning.
ON GROUND
If the center tank is empty for the flight:
MODE SEL pb-sw........................................................................................................... MAN
CTR TK PUMP 1 and 2 pb-sw........................................................................................ OFF
If the center tank is not empty for the flight:
Before engine start:
MODE SEL pb-sw..........................................................................................................MAN
3 min after engine start:
CTR TK PUMP 1 and 2 pb-sw ..................................................................................... OFF
IN FLIGHT
If the center tank is not empty for the flight:
After slat retraction and when the fuel in one wing is less than 5 000 kg (11 000 lb) :
CTR TK PUMP 1 and 2 pb-sw.........................................................................................On
When the FUEL CTR TK PUMPS LO PR alert is displayed on the EWD:
CTR TK PUMP 1 and 2 pb-sw.......................................................................................OFF
ON GROUND
If the center tank is empty for the flight:
MODE SEL pb-sw ...............................................................................................................MAN
CTR TK PUMP 1 and 2 pb-sw ............................................................................................OFF
If the center tank is not empty for the flight:
Before engine start:
MODE SEL pb-sw ........................................................................................................ MAN
Continued on the following page
28-21-01A
Wing Tank Pump
28-21-01B
TK PUMP (AFFECTED) ............................................................................................................. OFF
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
In the case of dispatch with fuel in the center tank, the remaining center tank pump failure must be
considered for the flight planning. It has to be ensured that, from any point of the first part of the
route where the center tank is not empty the aircraft may reach a suitable airport considering the
fuel quantity (FQ) contained in the center tank as definitely not usable for the flight planning (as a
consequence of the failure of the remaining center tank pump).
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
X FEED pb-sw ............................................................................................................CHECK Off
Affected CTR TK PUMP pb-sw ............................................................................................. OFF
Operative CTR TK PUMP pb-sw ...........................................................................................OFF
IN FLIGHT
If the fuel quantity in the center tank is less than 200 kg (440 lb):
Operative CTR TK PUMP pb-sw .......................................................................... Maintain OFF
If the fuel quantity in the center tank is more than 200 kg (440 lb):
The fuel in the center tank can be completely used if the operative center tank pump does not
fail before the center tank is empty. If the operative center tank pump fails before the center
tank is empty, consider the fuel quantity remaining and the time to destination to decide either
to continue the flight or to divert.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
CTR TK PUMP 1 and 2 pb-sw................................................................................................... OFF
28-22-01A
APU Fuel Pump
28-22-01B
Ident.: MO-28-22-00009097.0001001 / 11 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
IN FLIGHT
Disregard the FUEL CTR L(R) XFR FAULT alert displayed on the EWD.
MODE SEL pb-sw ................................................................................................................. Auto
Operative CTR TK L(R) XFR pb-sw ........................................................................................ On
Affected CTR TK L(R) XFR pb-sw ........................................................................................ OFF
When differences between fuel quantities in two wings is above 1 500 kg (3 300 lb):
Monitor the fuel imbalance.
Note: Apply the FUEL IMBALANCE FCOM procedure as required provided that no fuel
leak is suspected. Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-28 FUEL IMBALANCE.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
1. Ensure that correct weights are entered in the FMGC associated with the affected FQIC
channel.
2. In the case of failure in-flight of the remaining FQIC channel, all fuel quantities indications on the
EWD are lost.
TAXI
Note: Due to a false HYD G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP LO PR alert displayed on the EWD, the "T.O
CONFIG NORMAL line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . . TEST" line in the T.O
MEMO.
Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the
T.O CONFIG TEST except a false HYD G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP LO PR alert.
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG TEST pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no
alert except a false HYD G(Y) ENG 1(2) PUMP LO PR alert.
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG TEST pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no
alert except a false HYD G(B)(Y)(G+B)(G+Y)(B+Y) SYS LO PR alert.
ON GROUND
If the pump continuously runs and does not stop when set to off:
DOORS/CARGO (T12 on 122 VU) C/B.................................................................................Pull
If unsuccessful:
Y HYD/ELEC PUMP/NORM (AB 03 on 123 VU) C/B.................................................Pull
Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP (AB 06 on 123 VU) C/B............................................................ Pull
Note: 1. If the pump continuously runs on the ground, there is a potential overheat
situation.
2. The reset of the C/Bs must be limited to the time required to open or close the
cargo doors.
GENERAL INFORMATION
A higher idle speed is set on both engines when the alert ANTI-ICE ENG 1(2) CTL FAULT is
displayed on EWD with the ENG 1(2) A.ICE VALVE OPEN subtitle displayed.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance:
The takeoff performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent
program with present failure case taken into account.
Launch PEP.
Flight planning:
Increase fuel consumption by:
Zp (ft) ENG 1 CTL FAULT and ENG 2 CTL ENG 1(2) CTL FAULT displayed
FAULT displayed
5 000 1.2 % 0.6 %
10 000 1.2 % 0.6 %
15 000 1.2 % 0.6 %
20 000 1.2 % 0.6 %
25 000 1.3 % 0.6 %
30 000 1.3 % 0.6 %
35 000 1.3 % 0.6 %
40 000 2.3 % 1.2 %
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Flight planning:
Increase fuel consumption by:
Zp (ft) 5 000 10 000 15 000 20 000 25 000 30 000 35 000 40 000
Fuel penalties 3.0 % 3.0 % 3.0 % 3.0 % 3.5 % 3.5 % 3.5 % 3.5 %
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Flight planning:
Increase fuel consumption by:
Zp (ft) 5 000 10 000 15 000 20 000 25 000 30 000 35 000 40 000
Fuel penalties 4.5 % 4.5 % 6.0 % 4.5 % 3.5 % 2.5 % 2.5 % 2.5 %
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Flight planning:
Increase fuel consumption by:
Zp (ft) 5 000 10 000 15 000 20 000 25 000 30 000 35 000 40 000
Fuel penalties 3.5 % 3.0 % 3.0 % 5.0 % 3.5 % 3.5 % 3.5 % 3.5 %
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Flight planning:
Increase fuel consumption by:
Zp (ft) 5 000 10 000 15 000 20 000 25 000 30 000 35 000 40 000
Fuel penalties 5.8 % 5.3 % 7.0 % 4.6 % 5.2 % 2.9 % 2.8 % 2.7 %
30-21-01B
Engine Anti-Ice Valve
30-21-01C
Ident.: MO-30-21-00009049.0015001 / 01 MAR 16
1 Applicable to: VT-IDS, VT-IDV, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IHB
GENERAL INFORMATION
An higher idle speed is set on both engines when an engine anti-ice valve is inoperative in the
open position.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Note: 1. The following decrements may be used for takeoff performance determination only for
dry runways if no takeoff data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other
equivalent program with present failure case taken into account) is available.
2. Performance penalties apply whatever one or both valves are inoperative.
Takeoff performance:
Perform the takeoff using full thrust.
Apply the following reductions on the MTOW and the speeds :
OAT (C) ISA +10 C ISA +10 C < OAT ISA +20 C > ISA +20 C
Weight decrement (kg/lb) 1 100/2 500 2 000/4 500 3 200/7 100
V1, VR and V2 1 1 2
decrement (kt IAS)
Flight planning:
Increase fuel consumption by:
Zp (ft) 2 Valves blocked OPEN 1 Valve blocked OPEN
5 000 5.5 % 3.0 %
10 000 4.5 % 2.5 %
15 000 4.0 % 2.0 %
20 000 3.0 % 1.5 %
25 000 3.0 % 1.5 %
30 000 2.0 % 1.0 %
35 000 2.0 % 1.0 %
40 000 2.0 % 1.0 %
30-21-01B
Engine Anti-Ice Valve
30-21-01C
Ident.: MO-30-21-00009049.0005001 / 10 DEC 15
2 Applicable to: VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE, VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDM, VT-IDN,
VT-IDO, VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDR, VT-IDT, VT-IDU, VT-IDZ, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI,
VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY,
VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU,
VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY,
VT-INZ
GENERAL INFORMATION
An higher idle speed is set on both engines when an engine anti-ice valve is inoperative in the
open position.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Note: 1. The following decrements may be used for takeoff performance determination only for
dry runways if no takeoff data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other
equivalent program with present failure case taken into account) is available.
2. Performance penalties apply whatever one or both valves are inoperative.
Takeoff performance:
Perform the takeoff using full thrust.
Apply the following reductions on the MTOW and the speeds :
OAT (C) ISA +20 C > ISA +20 C
Weight decrement (kg/lb) 500/1 200 2 800/6 200
V1, VR and V2 decrement (kt IAS) 1 2
Flight planning:
Increase fuel consumption by:
Continued on the following page
30-21-01B
Engine Anti-Ice Valve
30-21-01C
Ident.: MO-30-21-00009049.0028001 / 10 DEC 15
Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL,
VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ
GENERAL INFORMATION
An higher idle speed is set on both engines when an engine anti-ice valve is inoperative in the
open position.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Same performance penalties apply with one or two valves inoperative.
Takeoff performance:
Continued on the following page
Launch PEP.
Flight planning:
Increase fuel consumption by:
Zp (ft) 2 Valves blocked OPEN 1 Valve blocked OPEN
5 000 4.0 % 2.0 %
10 000 4.0 % 2.0 %
15 000 3.5 % 2.0 %
20 000 5.5 % 3.0 %
25 000 6.0 % 3.0 %
30 000 3.5 % 2.0 %
35 000 3.5 % 2.0 %
40 000 3.0 % 1.5 %
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
Disregard and clear the ANTI ICE CAPT L(R) STAT alert associated with the CAPT static ports
heater(s) inoperative for the dispatch.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If icing conditions are encountered during the flight:
Maximum landing capability may be downgraded to CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
AIR DATA selector.................................................................................................................... F/O 3
30-31-04B
Angle of Attack (AOA) Probes Heating (CAPT or STBY inoperative)
30-31-04C
Ident.: MO-30-31-00009198.0001001 / 28 JUN 11
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If icing conditions are encountered during the flight:
Maximum landing capability may be downgraded to CAT 3 SINGLE.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
LVTO is not permitted.
When the PF side is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
When the PM side is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 DUAL.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
LVTO is not permited
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
LVTO is not permitted.
When the PF side is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
When the PM side is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 DUAL.
30-45-01A
Windshield Wiper
30-45-01B
Ident.: MO-30-45-00009059.9001002 / 05 DEC 14
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPERATION/LIMITATIONS
LVTOis not permitted.
Windshield Wiper
Ident.: MO-30-45-20800013.9001002 / 05 DEC 14
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
LVTO is not permitted.
When the wiper and the rain repellent are inoperative or deactivated on the PF side:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
LVTO is not permitted.
If the windshield wiper on the CAPT side is continuously running:
ANTI ICE/WIPER/CAPT (122VU X12) C/B ........................................................................PULL
Pull the C/B when the wiper is in a position that maintains the flight crew's visibility.
If the windshield wiper on the F/O side is continuously running:
ANTI ICE/F/O/WIPER (122VU W12) C/B .......................................................................... PULL
Pull the C/B when the wiper is in a position that maintains the flight crew's visibility.
On the PF side, when the wiper is deactivated and the rain repellent is inoperative or
not installed :
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPERATION/LIMITATIONS
LVTOis not permitted.
30-45-02A
Windshield Wiper PARK Function
30-45-02B
Ident.: MO-30-45-20800012.9001001 / 05 DEC 14
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
LVTOis not permitted
IN FLIGHT
The presence of ice in the vicinity of the windshield and on the wipers is periodically checked.
IN FLIGHT
If icing conditions are expected during night operations:
Refer to AFM/LIM-70 Operations in Icing Conditions
31-07-02A Permanent Data (TAT, SAT, GLOAD, UTC, GW) Indications on the SD
Ident.: MO-31-07-00009041.0002001 / 22 SEP 15
Applicable to: VT-IDN, VT-IDO, VT-IDQ, VT-IDS
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
After any electrical power interruption resulting in the loss of the UTC on the SD:
Initialize the UTC and the date using the MCDU: Refer to FCOM/DSC-45-20 GMT/Date
Initialization.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When both altitude alert functions are inoperative:
RVSM operations are not permitted.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
Check that the aircraft is in the correct takeoff configuration:
FLAPS/SLATS....................................................................................................................CHECK
On EWD, check that the FLAPS position corresponds to the position inserted in the MCDU
PERF TAKE OFF Page.
PITCH TRIM...................................................................................................................... CHECK
Check that the selected pitch trim is in the green band of the pitch trim wheel and corresponds
to the value inserted in the MCDU PERF TAKE OFF Page.
RUDDER TRIM.......................................................................................................CHECK ZERO
GROUND SPOILERS..........................................................................................CHECK ARMED
SIDESTICK PRIORITY light...............................................................................CHECK NO RED
On the WHEEL SD page, check that the brakes temperature is below 300 C.
DOORS.............................................................................................................................. CHECK
On the DOOR/OXY SD page, check that all doors are indicated closed.
Deselect the DOOR/OXY SD page after the check.
31-62-01B DMC 1
Ident.: MO-31-62-00010598.0002001 / 13 JAN 17
1 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDR, VT-IDT, VT-IDU, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IEA, VT-IEB,
VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER,
VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IFH,
VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX,
VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-IHA,
VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ, VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD,
VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU,
VT-ITV, VT-ITW
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
In the case of multiple undue ECAM alerts concerning ENG 1(2) N1(N2) (EGT)(FF) OVER
LIMIT
or
ENG 1(2) N1(N2)(EGT)(EPR)(FF) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV ATT(ALT1)(HDG) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV FM/GPS POS DISAGREE
or
FUEL F.USED/FOB DISAGREE
or
MINIMUM or HUNDRED ABOVE callouts, possibly associated with EFIS red flags, apply
the below procedure:
Crosscheck the affected parameters on the EWD, PFD, ND, or on the related SD page to
confirm that the alerts are undue.
EIS DMC SWITCHING selector .................................................................................. NORM
Note: CAPT PFD and ND are lost when EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to NORM.
31-62-02A DMC 2
Ident.: MO-31-62-00009034.0004001 / 28 JUN 11
2 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDR, VT-IDT, VT-IDU, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IEA, VT-IEB,
VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER,
VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IFH,
VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX,
VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-IHA,
VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ, VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD,
VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU,
VT-ITV, VT-ITW
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
In the case of multiple undue ECAM alerts concerning ENG 1(2) N1(N2) (EGT)(FF) OVER
LIMIT
or
ENG 1(2) N1(N2)(EGT)(EPR)(FF) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV ATT(ALT1)(HDG) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV FM/GPS POS DISAGREE
or
FUEL F.USED/FOB DISAGREE
or
MINIMUM or HUNDRED ABOVE callouts, possibly associated with EFIS red flags, apply
the below procedure:
Crosscheck the affected parameters on the EWD, PFD, ND, or on the related SD page to
confirm that the alerts are undue.
EIS DMC SWITCHING selector................................................................................... NORM
Note: F/O PFD and ND are lost when EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to NORM.
31-62-03B DMC 3
Ident.: MO-31-62-00010599.0001001 / 28 JUN 11
3 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDR, VT-IDT, VT-IDU, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IEA, VT-IEB,
VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER,
VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IFH,
VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX,
VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-IHA,
VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ, VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD,
VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU,
VT-ITV, VT-ITW
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
In the case of multiple undue ECAM alerts concerning ENG 1(2) N1(N2) (EGT)(FF) OVER
LIMIT
or
ENG 1(2) N1(N2)(EGT)(EPR)(FF) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV ATT(ALT1)(HDG) DISCREPANCY
or
NAV FM/GPS POS DISAGREE
or
FUEL F.USED/FOB DISAGREE
or
MINIMUM or HUNDRED ABOVE callouts, possibly associated with EFIS red flags, apply
the below procedure:
Crosscheck the affected parameters on the EWD, PFD, ND, or on the related SD page to
confirm that the alerts are undue.
EIS DMC SWITCHING selector..................................................................................CAPT 3
Note: CAPT PFD and ND are lost when EIS DMC SWITCHING selector is set to CAPT
3.
31-63-02A PFDU 2
Ident.: MO-31-63-00009035.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
1
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
PFDU 2 knob ..............................................................................................................................OFF
31-63-03A NDU 1
Ident.: MO-31-63-00009036.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
2
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
NDU 1 knob ................................................................................................................................OFF
31-63-04A NDU 2
Ident.: MO-31-63-00009037.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
3
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
Continued on the following page
31-63-05A SDU
Ident.: MO-31-63-00009038.0001001 / 28 JUN 11
Applicable to: ALL
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
SDU knob ................................................................................................................................... OFF
In the case of alerts being displayed on the EWD:
Use the ECAM/ND SWITCHING selector to display the system page on the selected NDU.
In the case of failure of the AC BUS 1:
If all the Display Units are lost:
Apply the ELEC AC ESS BUS FAULT alert procedure: Refer to
FCOM/PRO-ABN-24-ELECTRICAL-ELEC AC ESS BUS FAULT.
Note: The AC ESS BUS is recovered when the AC ESS FEED pb-sw is set to ALTN.
32-07-01A
Brakes Temperature Indication on the WHEEL SD page
32-07-01B
Ident.: MO-32-07-00009012.0003001 / 28 JUN 11
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The brake energy graph and the brake cooling time table given hereafter permit to determine the
ground brake cooling time.
BRAKE ENERGY GRAPH
If MAX reverser thrust was selected for all reversers during the braking phase:
Enter the brake energy graph: WITH THRUST REVERSERS USE.
If MAX reverser thrust was NOT selected for all reversers during the braking phase:
Enter the brake energy graph: WITHOUT THRUST REVERSERS USE.
Determination of the brake energy accumulated during a REJECTED TAKEOFF (RTO) :
Enter with the aircraft takeoff weight (TOW) and with the rejected takeoff speed in kt IAS).
Apply airport pressure altitude, temperature, wind and runway slope corrections.
Determination of the brake energy accumulated during a LANDING :
Enter with the aircraft landing weight, and
Enter with the touch down speed in kt IAS if the autobrake was selected and applied or with the
manual braking speed in kt IAS in the other cases.
Apply airport pressure altitude, temperature, wind and runway slope corrections.
Correct for brake setting with a preselected autobrake setting (LO, MED) or with MAX PEDAL
braking in the other cases.
Note: In the case of a dispatch with one brake inoperative (Refer to Item 32-42-01 Main
Wheel Brake or Refer to Item 32-42-02 Green System Brake), the brake energy
accumulated is increased by 34 %.
If the Energy and the OAT are not given in the table, use the values given in the next adjacent
column/row.
For Example, with Energy = 78 MJ, and OAT = 15 C, entering the next adjacent column/row
(Energy = 80 MJ, OAT = 20 C) gives the following results:
Without brake cooling fan: 189 min
With brake cooling fan: 57 min
Enter the following table with the energy and the OAT to determine the ground brake cooling time.
GROUND BRAKE COOLING TIME (min)
ENERGY OAT (C)
(MJ) -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 0 0 0 4 9 14 19 23 27 31 35 37
0 0 0 1 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11
15 31 35 38 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 62 64
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 19
20 59 62 65 67 70 72 74 77 79 81 83 84
18 19 19 20 21 22 22 23 24 24 25 25
25 81 83 85 87 89 91 92 94 96 98 99 100
24 25 25 26 27 27 28 28 29 29 30 30
30 98 99 101 103 104 106 107 109 110 112 113 114
29 30 30 31 31 32 32 33 33 34 34 34
35 112 113 115 116 117 119 120 121 123 124 125 126
34 34 34 35 35 36 36 36 37 37 38 38
40 124 125 126 127 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136
37 37 38 38 39 39 39 40 40 40 41 41
45 134 135 136 137 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 145
40 41 41 41 42 42 42 42 43 43 43 44
50 144 145 146 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 153
43 43 44 44 44 45 45 45 45 46 46 46
Continued on the following page
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG TEST pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is
no alert.
IN FLIGHT
MAX SPEED............................................................................................................250 kt or M 0.60
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-25 Flight with GEAR DOWN or Octopus program (Flight with landing
gears extended) can be used.
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES
PITOTS The F/O pitot is set to high heating level when Keep the EXT PWR pb-sw set to ON until the
(on ground) the EXT PWR pb-sw is set to OFF. engine start.
The system remains in the closed circuit Time limitations on ground for ELEC PWR
configuration. supply:
The ground cooling system is inoperative.
OAT 43 C: No limitation
AVNCS VENT
OAT = 52 C: 3 h
(on ground) OAT = 61 C: 30 min
Check that the air conditioning system is
operative.
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES
PITOTS The CAPT pitot is set to the high heating level Keep the EXT PWR pb-sw set to ON until
(on ground) when the EXT PWR pb-sw is set to OFF. engine start.
The system remains in the closed circuit Time limitations on ground for ELEC PWR
configuration supply:
The ground cooling system is inoperative.
OAT 42 C: No limitation
AVNCS VENT
OAT = 53 C: 3 h
(on ground) OAT = 61 C: 30 min
Check that the air conditioning system is
operative.
Continued on the following page
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES
PITOTS The CAPT pitot is set to the high heating level Keep the EXT PWR pb-sw set to ON until
(on ground) when the EXT PWR pb-sw is set to OFF. engine start.
The system remains in the closed circuit Time limitations on ground for ELEC PWR
configuration supply:
The ground cooling system is inoperative.
OAT 42 C: No limitation
AVNCS VENT
OAT = 53 C: 3 h
(on ground) OAT = 61 C: 30 min
Check that the air conditioning system is
operative.
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES
The STBY pitot is set to the high heating level Keep the EXT PWR pb-sw set to ON until the
when the EXT PWR pb-sw is set to OFF. engine start.
PITOTS
If displayed, disregard the ANTI ICE CAPT(F/O)
(on ground) PITOT alert on the EWD when EXT PWR pb-sw
is set to OFF.
HYD The PTU runs after the first engine start until the
(on ground) second engine is started.
ENG 2 The minimum idle is inoperative when
(on ground) slats/flaps are extended.
ECAM For WHEEL SD page and ECAM alert Refer to OpsProc 32-32-03A LGCIU 2 LH L/G Shock
(in flight and Absorber Proximity Detector "ECAM" line.
on ground)
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES
REVERSER 2 is displayed in the INOP SYS The REVERSER 2 is still operative.
ENG 2 column on the STATUS SD page.
(on ground) The minimum idle is inoperative when
slats/flaps are extended.
ECAM On the WHEEL SD page, the landing gear position indications associated with the LGCIU 2
(in flight and are displayed XX.
on ground) The L/G LGCIU 2 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD.
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES
BRAKES The brakes cooling is inoperative.
REVERSER 2 is displayed in the INOP SYS The REVERSER 2 is still operative.
ENG 2 column on the STATUS SD page.
(on ground) The minimum idle is inoperative when
slats/flaps are extended.
ECAM On the WHEEL SD page, the landing gear position indications associated with the LGCIU 2
(in flight and are displayed XX.
on ground) The L/G LGCIU 2 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD.
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES
LIGHTS The Taxi light and the takeoff light are inoperative.
(in flight and on ground)
ECAM For WHEEL SD page and ECAM alert Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear
(in flight and on ground) Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU) "ECAM" line.
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES
REVERSER 2 is displayed in the INOP SYS The thrust Reverser 2 is still operative.
ENG 2 column on the STATUS SD page.
(on ground) The minimum idle on ground is inoperative
when slats/flaps are extended.
ECAM For WHEEL SD page and ECAM alert Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and
(in flight and Interface Unit (LGCIU) "ECAM" line.
on ground)
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES
REVERSER 2 is displayed in the INOP SYS The thrust Reverser 2 is still operative.
ENG 2 column on the STATUS SD page.
(on ground) The minimum idle on ground is inoperative
when slats/flaps are extended.
ECAM For WHEEL SD page and ECAM alert Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and
(in flight and Interface Unit (LGCIU) "ECAM" line.
on ground)
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYSTEMS CONSEQUENCES PROCEDURES
REVERSER 2 is displayed in the INOP SYS The thrust Reverser 2 is still operative.
ENG 2 column on the STATUS SD page.
(on ground) The minimum idle on ground is inoperative
when slats/flaps are extended.
ECAM For WHEEL SD page and ECAM alert Refer to Item 32-31-01 Landing Gear Control and
(in flight and Interface Unit (LGCIU) "ECAM" line.
on ground)
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-25 Flight with GEAR DOWN or Octopus program (Flight with landing
gears extended) can be used.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 Single.
The following penalties may be used for takeoff and landing performance determination if no
takeoff and landing data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program
with present failure case) is available.
Takeoff performance computation:
The method explained hereafter allows the determination of the MTOW and associated
speeds (V1, VR, V2), by applying decrements on the MTOW and associated speeds
computed in normal conditions (i.e. all systems operative). The method is based on the use of
RTOW charts established at optimum V2/VS, optimum V1/VR, minimum V1.
WARNING Do not use this method with takeoff charts computed with other conditions.
Do not use this method for takeoff with tailwind.
Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.
How to proceed ?
Read, in 0 kt wind column of the takeoff chart computed in normal condition, the MTOW
and associated speeds (V1, VR, V2) corresponding to the actual temperature, even in the
case of headwind (the method does not take into account the headwind benefit on takeoff
performance).
Apply the QNH and/or bleed corrections, if any, to determine the MTOW.
Enter the following table to determine the MTOW and speed decrements.
Applying these decrements, calculate the MTOW and associated speeds corresponding to
the actual temperature.
CAUTION Do not extrapolate below the shortest runway length provided by the table.
DECREMENTS (W, V1, VR, V2) WHEN ONE BRAKE IS INOPERATIVE
CONFIGURATION
RUNWAY 1+F 2 3
LENGTH (m) W (kg/lb) V1 VR V2 W (kg/lb) V1 VR V2 W (kg/lb) V1 VR V2
(kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt) (kt)
1 500 2 700/5 900 7 2 2 3 200/7 000 8 3 3 3 000/6 600 8 2 2
2 000 3 600/7 900 8 2 2 3 800/8 300 8 3 3 3 100/6 800 8 3 3
2 500 5 600/12 300 16 5 5 5 100/11 200 15 5 5 4 800/10 500 16 5 5
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 Single.
The following penalties may be used for takeoff and landing performance determination if no
takeoff and landing data (predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program
with present failure case) is available.
Takeoff performance computation:
The method explained hereafter allows the determination of the MTOW and associated
speeds (V1, VR, V2), by applying decrements on the MTOW and associated speeds
computed in normal conditions (i.e. all systems operative). The method is based on the use of
RTOW charts established at optimum V2/VS, optimum V1/VR, minimum V1.
WARNING Do not use this method with takeoff charts computed with other conditions.
Do not use this method for takeoff with tailwind.
Do not use this method for takeoff on wet or contaminated runways.
Continued on the following page
How to proceed ?
Read, in 0 kt wind column of the takeoff chart computed in normal condition, the MTOW
and associated speeds (V1, VR, V2) corresponding to the actual temperature, even in the
case of headwind (the method does not take into account the headwind benefit on takeoff
performance).
Apply the QNH and/or bleed corrections, if any, to determine the MTOW.
Enter the following table to determine the MTOW and speed decrements.
Applying these decrements, calculate the MTOW and associated speeds corresponding to
the actual temperature.
CAUTION Do not extrapolate below the shortest runway length provided by the table.
DECREMENTS (W, V1, VR, V2) WHEN ONE BRAKE IS INOPERATIVE
CONFIGURATION
RUNWAY 1+F 2 3
LENGTH (m) W V1 VR V2 W V1 VR V2 W V1 VR V2
kg (lb) (kt) (kt) (kt) kg (lb) (kt) (kt) (kt) kg (lb) (kt) (kt) (kt)
3 000 3 000 2 600
1 500 (6 700) 7 2 2 (6 700) 7 2 2 (5 800) 7 2 2
3 200 3 200 3 000
2 000 (7 100) 7 2 2 (7 100) 7 2 2 (6 700) 7 2 2
5 000 4 200 4 600
2 500 (11 100) 14 5 5 (9 300) 12 4 4 (10 200) 12 4 4
9 600 8 400 6 800
3 000 (21 200) 15 10 10 (18 600) 16 9 9 (15 000) 19 12 12
13 000 9 400 6 800
3 500 (28 700) 11 9 9 (20 800) 15 14 14 (15 000) 19 17 17
4 000 11 600 9 600 6 100
13 12 12 17 14 14 19 17 17
and above (25 600) (21 200) (13 500)
If the actual TOW is lower than the MTOW calculated using above method:
The speeds determined without failure and associated with the actual TOW may be
retained provided that they are all lower than the speeds calculated using above method.
Check that the corrected V1 is equal to or above the minimum V1 value shown on the RTOW
chart (due to VMCG limitation).
If the corrected V1 is lower than the minimum V1:
Take this last value as V1.
Further decrease the weight by 3 000 kg (6 600 lb) per kt difference between both values.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 Single.
Takeoff performance computation:
The takeoff and landing performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or
other equivalent program with present failure case taken into account.
Launch PEP.
Landing performance computation
Multiply the landing distances by 1.20.
FOR TAKEOFF
The autobrake function, even if available, must not be used.
In the case of engine failure at takeoff:
Retract the landing gear when positive climb.
Vibrations may occur during 1 or 2 min after the retraction of the landing gear.
If both engines are operative:
Keep the landing gear down for 1 min.
FOR LANDING
The autobrake function, even if available, must not be used.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 Single.
Takeoff performance computation:
The takeoff and landing performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or
other equivalent program with present failure case taken into account.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
When T.O MEMO is displayed on the EWD, disregard the line:
AUTO BRK....................................................................................................................... MAX (blue)
ON GROUND
To deactivate the Brake Fans 1 and 2, apply:
HYDRAULIC/BRK FAN/WHEELS/1 AND 2 (121VU L32) C/B ...........................................PULL
To deactivate the Brake Fans 3 and 4, apply:
HYDRAULIC/BRK FAN/WHEELS/3 AND 4 (121VU L35) C/B ...........................................PULL
GENERAL INFORMATION
The electrical and hydraulic control of NWS is inoperative. Do not reset the WHEEL N/W STRG
FAULT alert with A/SKID & N/W STRG selector . The WHEEL N/W STRG FAULTalert indicates
that no hydraulic pressure is applied on the NWS actuator.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Dispatch is not permitted from (or to) contaminated runways.
Maximum crosswind component for takeoff and landing: 20 kt.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
Note: the automatic roll out is not permitted (Refer to QRH/OPS Required Equipment for CAT2
and CAT3).
For operations with crosswind component above 5 kt:
Reduce maximum takeoff performance limiting weight by 1 000 kg (2 200 lb)
DURING TAXI
Taxiing Procedure:
Avoid high thrust settings, taxi speed limited to 20 kt .
Check brakes temperature (if available) before takeoff.
If necessary, set the BRAKES FAN to ON pb-sw
Minimum speed of 5 kt is required to initiate a turn.
Apply asymmetrical thrust in straight taxi to compensate crosswind and differential braking for
taxi and line up as required.
Avoid sharp turns and use maximum width of the runway.
Do not apply too high asymmetrical thrust to avoid that nose landing gear get stuck to full travel
(90 ) (in that case release the aircraft by towing).
Continued on the following page
GENERAL INFORMATION
The electrical and hydraulic control of NWS is inoperative. Do not reset the WHEEL N/W STRG
FAULT alert with A/SKID & N/W STRG selector . The WHEEL N/W STRG FAULTalert indicates
that no hydraulic pressure is applied on the NWS actuator.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Dispatch is not permitted from (or to) contaminated runways.
Maximum crosswind component for takeoff and landing: 20 kt.
Continued on the following page
The purpose of the procedure is to explain how to perform the flight control check with one or both
PEDALS DISC pb failed in the released position.
GENERAL INFORMATION
When the disconnection is not possible on one side:
The flight control check can be performed on the operative side.
When the disconnection is not possible on both sides:
The flight control check must be performed while aircraft is stopped.
Note: it is not necessary to set the A/SKID & N/W STRG sw to OFF.
BEFORE PUSHBACK
The parking brake setting must be verbally confirmed between the flight crew and the ground
personnel.
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
Set the NO SMOKING selector ON as required.
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
Set the NO PORTABLE/ELEC DEVICE selector ON as required.
IN FLIGHT
If needed, the associated ADR can be set to OFF through the associated mode selector.
Note: If the ADR is set to OFF:
The associated IR is also set to OFF.
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
34-01-01-32A IR pb-sw
Ident.: MO-34-01-01-00008927.0001001 / 17 SEP 10
1 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDT, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE,
VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU,
VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK,
VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH,
VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ,
VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP,
VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
IN FLIGHT
If needed, the associated IR can be set to OFF through the associated mode selector.
Note: If the IR is set to OFF:
The associated ADR is also set to OFF.
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel consumption is increased by 1 % per landing light extended.
33-40-08A
Beacon light
33-40-08B
Ident.: MO-33-40-00008958.0001001 / 11 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
IN FLIGHT
If needed, the associated ADR can be set to OFF through the associated mode selector.
Note: If the ADR is set to OFF:
The associated IR is also set to OFF.
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
34-01-01-32A IR pb-sw
Ident.: MO-34-01-01-00008927.0001001 / 17 SEP 10
1 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDT, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE,
VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU,
VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK,
VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH,
VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ,
VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP,
VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITW, VT-ITX
IN FLIGHT
If needed, the associated IR can be set to OFF through the associated mode selector.
Note: If the IR is set to OFF:
The associated ADR is also set to OFF.
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
34-05-02A
34-05-02B
Mach Number Indication on the PFD
34-05-02C
34-05-02D
1 Ident.: MO-34-05-00020761.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
GENERAL INFORMATION
For F, S, Green Dot determination, Refer to QRH/PER-A Speeds.
For VAPP determination, Refer to QRH/PER-C VAPP Determination without Failure and Refer to
QRH/PER-C VAPP Determination with Failure.
For VFE or VLE determination, refer to the corresponding placard in the cockpit.
3
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RNAV 10 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 5 operations are not permitted.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are not permitted.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If the PF side is affected:
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
34-10-02B ADR 2
Ident.: MO-34-10-00008928.0003001 / 13 JAN 17
1 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDM, VT-IDN, VT-IDO, VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDR, VT-IDS, VT-IDT, VT-IDU,
VT-IDV, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK,
VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA,
VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ,
VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT,
VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV,
VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
ADR 2 pb-sw ......................................................................................................................... OFF
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
AIR DATA SWITCHING selector .........................................................................................F/O 3
ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA (location 121VU N08) C/B ..............................................Pull
AFTER ENGINE START
Use the RCL pb-sw on the ECAM control panel, in order to recall the NAV ADR 2 FAULT alert.
On the EWD, check that the ADR 2...OFF procedure is not displayed.
FOR TAKEOFF
Takeoff in CONF 1+F is not permitted.
Note: When the ADR 2 pb-sw is set to OFF, and if the aircraft is in CONF 1+F, the SFCS
n2 Flap channel is unable to crosscheck the airspeed coming from the ADR 1 with
the ADR 2 airspeed coming from the SFCS n2 Slat channel. This may lead to an
uncommanded flap retraction during the takeoff. As a consequence, takeoff in CONF 1+F
is not permitted when the ADR 2 pb-sw is set to OFF.
34-10-03A ADR 3
Ident.: MO-34-10-00008929.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
Continued on the following page
34-10-04B
IR 1 (only NAV mode of IR 1 inoperative)
34-10-04C
Ident.: MO-34-10-00008930.0001001 / 23 MAR 17
2 Applicable to: VT-IDM, VT-IDN, VT-IDO, VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDR, VT-IDS, VT-IDU, VT-IDV, VT-IDZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP,
VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
3
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
ATT HDG SWITCHING selector ...................................................................................... CAPT 3
IR 1 mode selector ................................................................................................................ ATT
The heading must be entered through the CDU keyboard for the IR 1 and has to be frequently
reset (Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-34 IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).
ATC/XPDR........................................................................................................................... SYS 2
34-10-04B
IR 1 (only NAV mode of IR 1 inoperative)
34-10-04C
Ident.: MO-34-10-00008930.0002001 / 23 MAR 17
4 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDT, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE,
VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK, VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU,
VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA, VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK,
VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ, VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH,
VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT, VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-INV, VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ,
VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP,
VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
5
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
ATT HDG SWITCHING selector ...................................................................................... CAPT 3
IR 1 mode selector ................................................................................................................ ATT
The heading must be entered through the MCDU for the IR 1 and has to be frequently reset
(Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-34 IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).
ATC/XPDR........................................................................................................................... SYS 2
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
9
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
IR 2 mode selector ................................................................................................................ OFF
Note: 1. ADR 2 is consequently set to OFF.
2. The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
ATT HDG SWITCHING selector ..........................................................................................F/O 3
AIR DATA SWITCHING selector .........................................................................................F/O 3
ATC/XPDR........................................................................................................................... SYS 1
FOR TAKEOFF
Takeoff in CONF 1+F is not permitted.
Note: When the ADR 2 is set to OFF, and if the aircraft is in CONF 1+F, the SFCS n2 Flap
channel is unable to crosscheck the airspeed coming from the ADR 1 with the ADR 2
airspeed coming from the SFCS n2 Slat channel. This may lead to an uncommanded
flap retraction during the takeoff. As a consequence, takeoff in CONF 1+F is not
permitted when the ADR 2 is set to OFF.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
11
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
ATT HDG SWITCHING selector ..........................................................................................F/O 3
IR 2 mode selector ................................................................................................................ ATT
The heading must be entered through the CDU keyboard for the IR 2 and has to be frequently
reset (Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-34 IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).
ATC/XPDR........................................................................................................................... SYS 1
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
13
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
ATT HDG SWITCHING selector ..........................................................................................F/O 3
IR 2 mode selector ................................................................................................................ ATT
The heading must be entered through the MCDU keyboard for the IR 2 and has to be frequently
reset (Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-34 IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).
ATC/XPDR........................................................................................................................... SYS 1
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
IR 3 mode selector .....................................................................................................................OFF
Note: 1. The ADR 3 is consequently set to OFF.
2. The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
IR 3 pb-sw ..................................................................................................................................OFF
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
Note: When the ADR 3 is inoperative and if the IR 3 pb-sw OFF light does not come on:
Set the IR 3 mode selector to OFF.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
IR 3 mode selector ................................................................................................................ ATT
The heading must be entered through the CDU keyboard for the IR 3 and has to be frequently
reset (Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-34 IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
IR 3 mode selector ................................................................................................................ ATT
The heading must be entered through the MCDU for the IR 3 and has to be frequently reset
(Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-34 IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE).
IR 3 (for aircraft with Honeywell 10 MCU ADIRU with IR 3 totally inoperative) (Not Installed)
Ident.: MO-34-10-00008935.0001001 / 28 JUL 14
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
34-30-04A
Instrument Landing System (ILS)
34-30-04B
Ident.: MO-34-30-00008944.0001001 / 11 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When one ILS is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is ILS CAT 1.
When both ILS are inoperative:
CAT 1 ILS approaches are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2 without autoland.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
The F/CTL MAINTENANCE message is displayed on the STATUS SD page.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
If RA 1 is inoperative:
COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 (121VU K11) C/B ..........................................................................Pull
If RA 2 is inoperative:
COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 (121VU K12) C/B ..........................................................................Pull
Continued on the following page
34-50-01A ATC
Ident.: MO-34-50-00008950.0001001 / 11 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When both ATCs are inoperative, RVSM operations are not permitted.
34-50-04A DME
Ident.: MO-34-50-00020716.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If one DME is operative:
RNAV 5 operations are permitted provided that one GPS or one VOR is operative.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are permitted provided that one GPS or one VOR is operative.
If no DME is operative:
RNAV 5 operations are permitted provided that one GPS is operative.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are permitted provided that one GPS is operative.
34-50-05A VOR
Ident.: MO-34-50-00020715.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
If one VOR is inoperative:
RNAV 5 operations are permitted provided that one GPS or one DME is operative.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are permitted provided that one GPS or one DME is operative.
If both VORs are inoperative:
RNAV 5 operations are permitted provided that one GPS or two DMEs are operative.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are permitted provided that one GPS or two DMEs are
operative.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RNAV 10 operations requiring one GPS are not permitted.
For aircraft with the RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
If no GPS is operative:
RNAV 5 operations are permitted provided that one VOR and one DME are operative or two
DMEs are operative.
RNAV 1 / RNAV 2 operations are permitted provided that one VOR and one DME are
operative or two DMEs are operative.
RNP 4 operations are not permitted.
RNP 1 operations are not permitted.
RNP APCH operations are not permitted.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
If ADS-B OUT is required for the intended route:
When GPS 1 is inoperative:
ATC selector .......................................................................................................................2
When GPS 2 is inoperative:
ATC selector .......................................................................................................................1
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RNAV 10 operations requiring one GPS are not permitted.
For aircraft with RNP AR capability, RNP AR operations are not permitted.
Continued on the following page
Flight crew shall inform the Air Navigation Service Provider and follow their instructions.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The flight crew shall brief the cabin crew on the alternate emergency procedures that will be
used.
The affected occupants are briefed appropriately.
The quantity of oxygen needed for the intended flight is in accordance with PART
CAT.IDE.A.235.
ON GROUND
Inform the cabin crew that if the cabin altitude exceeds 12 500 ft, the oxygen masks may drop
down.
GENERAL INFORMATION
On the DOOR/OXY SD page, disregard the REGUL LO PR indication and the associated OXY
indication.
GENERAL INFORMATION
On the DOOR/OXY SD page, disregard the REGUL 1(2)(1+2) LO PR indication and the
associated OXY indication.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The flight crew shall brief the cabin crew on the alternate emergency procedures that will be
used.
The affected occupants are briefed appropriately.
The quantity of oxygen needed for the intended flight is in accordance with PART
CAT.IDE.A.235.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The flight crew shall brief the cabin crew on the alternate emergency procedures that will be
used.
The quantity of oxygen needed for the intended flight is in accordance with PART
CAT.IDE.A.235.
IN FLIGHT
The number of galley area occupants must be in accordance with the available adjacent cabin
attendant oxygen units.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Before the flight, the flight crew shall brief the cabin crew that the galley oxygen unit is inoperative
and that the cabin attendant portable oxygen device should be used instead.
36-11-01A
Engine Bleed Air Supply System (non-EDTO flights)
36-11-01E
Ident.: MO-36-11-00008868.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
1 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDM, VT-IDN, VT-IDO, VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDR, VT-IDS, VT-IDT, VT-IDU,
VT-IDV, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK,
VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA,
VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ,
VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT,
VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV,
VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The flight crew should take into account the severity of forecast icing conditions. The wing anti-ice
will be lost if the remaining engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative.
AFTER ENGINE START
ENG BLEED (AFFECTED) pb-sw ......................................................................................... OFF
X BLEED rotary selector .................................................................................................... OPEN
If both PACKs are operative:
If Wing Anti-Ice is not required:
PACK FLOW selector ......................................................................................................LO
The PACK FLOW selector must be set to LO due to precooler performance.
If Wing Anti-Ice is required:
PACK (AFFECTED) pb-sw ............................................................................................OFF
If one PACK is inoperative:
PACK FLOW selector ..............................................................................................................HI
FOR TAKEOFF
Set at least one air conditioning pack to off, or use the APU bleed air supply system.
AFTER TAKEOFF
If the APU has been used to supply the air conditioning during the takeoff:
APU BLEED pb-sw ................................................................................................................ Off
IN FLIGHT
If Wing Anti-Ice is required and both PACKs are operative:
PACK (affected side) pb-sw ................................................................................................ OFF
Continued on the following page
36-11-01A
Engine Bleed Air Supply System (non-EDTO flights)
36-11-01E
Ident.: MO-36-11-00008868.0008001 / 10 DEC 15
Applicable to: VT-ITA, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITF
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The flight crew should take into account the severity of forecast icing conditions. The wing anti-ice
will be lost if the remaining engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative.
AFTER ENGINE START
ENG BLEED (AFFECTED) pb-sw ..............................................................................................OFF
If both PACKs are operative:
PACK (AFFECTED) pb-sw .................................................................................................. OFF
X BLEED rotary selector ......................................................................................................... OPEN
AFTER TAKEOFF
If the APU has been used to supply the air conditioning during the takeoff:
APU BLEED pb-sw ................................................................................................................ Off
IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
Apply the AIR ENG 1+2 BLEED FAULT ECAM procedure.
CAUTION Reset ENG BLEED pb-sw as requested by ECAM procedure even if the ENG
BLEED pb-sw is placarded inoperative as per MEL 36-11-01.
In the case of failure of the opposite PACK:
PACK (AFFECTED) pb-sw ....................................................................................................ON
36-11-01A
Engine Bleed Air Supply System (non-EDTO flights)
36-11-01E
Ident.: MO-36-11-00008868.0009001 / 05 SEP 16
2 Applicable to: VT-ITB, VT-ITE, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS,
VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The flight crew should take into account the severity of forecast icing conditions. The wing anti-ice
will be lost if the remaining engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative.
AFTER ENGINE START
ENG BLEED (AFFECTED) pb-sw ..............................................................................................OFF
If both PACKs are operative:
PACK (AFFECTED) pb-sw .................................................................................................. OFF
X BLEED rotary selector ......................................................................................................... OPEN
AFTER TAKEOFF
If the APU has been used to supply the air conditioning during the takeoff:
APU BLEED pb-sw ................................................................................................................ Off
IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the remaining engine bleed air supply system, or in the case of
failure of the associated engine:
Apply the AIR ENG 1+2 BLEED FAULT ECAM procedure.
CAUTION Reset ENG BLEED pb-sw as requested by ECAM procedure even if the ENG
BLEED pb-sw is placarded inoperative as per MEL 36-11-01.
In the case of failure of the opposite PACK:
PACK (AFFECTED) pb-sw ....................................................................................................ON
36-11-01B
Engine Bleed Air Supply System (EDTO flights)
36-11-01F
Ident.: MO-36-11-00008869.0003001 / 13 JAN 17
3 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDM, VT-IDN, VT-IDO, VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDR, VT-IDS, VT-IDT, VT-IDU,
VT-IDV, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK,
VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA,
VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ,
VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT,
VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV,
VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
APU fuel consumption with the APU ON (APU GEN OFF and APU BLEED OFF):
APU ON (IDLE)
FL GND 100 200 315 354 370 390
KG/H 80 60 42 28 24 22 20
LB/H 176 132 93 62 53 49 44
The flight crew should take into account the severity of forecast icing conditions. The wing anti-ice
will be lost if the remaining engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative.
AFTER ENGINE START
ENG BLEED (AFFECTED) pb-sw ......................................................................................... OFF
X BLEED rotary selector .................................................................................................... OPEN
If both PACKs are operative:
If Wing Anti-Ice is not required:
PACK FLOW selector ......................................................................................................LO
The PACK FLOW selector must be set to LO due to precooler performance.
If Wing Anti-Ice is required:
PACK (AFFECTED) pb-sw ............................................................................................OFF
If one PACK is inoperative:
PACK FLOW selector ..............................................................................................................HI
BEFORE TAKEOFF
APU MASTER SW pb-sw ............................................................................................................ ON
APU START pb-sw ...................................................................................................................... ON
Continued on the following page
36-11-01B
Engine Bleed Air Supply System (EDTO flights)
36-11-01F
Ident.: MO-36-11-00008869.0007001 / 01 MAR 16
Applicable to: VT-ITA, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITF
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
APU fuel consumption with the APU ON (APU GEN OFF and APU BLEED OFF):
APU ON (IDLE)
FL GND 100 200 315 354 370 390
KG/H 80 60 42 28 24 22 20
LB/H 176 132 93 62 53 49 44
The flight crew should take into account the severity of forecast icing conditions. The wing anti-ice
will be lost if the remaining engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative.
AFTER ENGINE START
ENG BLEED (AFFECTED) pb-sw ..............................................................................................OFF
If both PACKs are operative:
PACK (AFFECTED) pb-sw .................................................................................................. OFF
X BLEED rotary selector ......................................................................................................... OPEN
Continued on the following page
36-11-01B
Engine Bleed Air Supply System (EDTO flights)
36-11-01F
Ident.: MO-36-11-00008869.0009001 / 05 SEP 16
4 Applicable to: VT-ITB, VT-ITE, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO, VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS,
VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
APU fuel consumption with the APU ON (APU GEN OFF and APU BLEED OFF):
APU ON (IDLE)
FL GND 100 200 315 354 370 390
KG/H 80 60 42 28 24 22 20
LB/H 176 132 93 62 53 49 44
The flight crew should take into account the severity of forecast icing conditions. The wing anti-ice
will be lost if the remaining engine bleed air supply system becomes inoperative.
AFTER ENGINE START
ENG BLEED (AFFECTED) pb-sw ..............................................................................................OFF
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The flight crew should take into account the severity of forecast icing conditions. At low power
settings, the wing anti-ice will be lost if the opposite engine bleed air supply system becomes
inoperative.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The flight crew should take into account the severity of forecast icing conditions. At low power
settings, the wing anti-ice will be lost if the opposite engine bleed air supply system becomes
inoperative.
Continued on the following page
36-11-08C
Bleed Monitoring Computer (BMC)
36-11-08D
Ident.: MO-36-11-00008873.0006001 / 13 JAN 17
7 Applicable to: VT-IDM, VT-IDN, VT-IDO, VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDR, VT-IDS, VT-IDU, VT-IDV, VT-IHB, VT-IHD
36-12-02A
APU Bleed Valve (Inoperative in the closed position)
36-12-02C
GENERAL INFORMATION
APU bleed air will be available for Main Engine Start (MES) or air conditionning only on GROUND.
On the APU SD page, disregard the position of the APU bleed air valve.
ON GROUND
When the APU runs:
APU BLEED pb-sw ................................................................................................................ON
When the APU shutdowns:
APU BLEED pb-sw ..............................................................................................................OFF
BEFORE TAKEOFF
APU BLEED pb-sw .................................................................................................................... OFF
APU MASTER pb-sw ................................................................................................................. OFF
GENERAL INFORMATION
When the APU BLEED pb-sw is ON, or for engine start:
X BLEED selector ...............................................................................................................OPEN
Select SHUT in all other cases.
Continued on the following page
36-22-01B
Pylon Leak Detection System
36-22-01C
Ident.: MO-36-22-00008881.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
1 Applicable to: VT-IDM, VT-IDN, VT-IDO, VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDR, VT-IDS, VT-IDU, VT-IDV, VT-IHB, VT-IHD
36-22-03B
APU Leak Detection Loop
36-22-03C
Ident.: MO-36-22-00016005.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
2 Applicable to: VT-IAL, VT-IAN, VT-IAO, VT-IAP, VT-IAQ, VT-IAR, VT-IAS, VT-IAX, VT-IAY, VT-IDA, VT-IDB, VT-IDC, VT-IDD, VT-IDE,
VT-IDF, VT-IDG, VT-IDH, VT-IDI, VT-IDJ, VT-IDK, VT-IDL, VT-IDM, VT-IDN, VT-IDO, VT-IDP, VT-IDQ, VT-IDR, VT-IDS, VT-IDT, VT-IDU,
VT-IDV, VT-IDW, VT-IDX, VT-IDY, VT-IDZ, VT-IEA, VT-IEB, VT-IEC, VT-IED, VT-IEE, VT-IEF, VT-IEG, VT-IEH, VT-IEI, VT-IEJ, VT-IEK,
VT-IEL, VT-IEM, VT-IEN, VT-IEO, VT-IEP, VT-IEQ, VT-IER, VT-IES, VT-IET, VT-IEU, VT-IEV, VT-IEW, VT-IEX, VT-IEY, VT-IEZ, VT-IFA,
VT-IFB, VT-IFC, VT-IFD, VT-IFE, VT-IFF, VT-IFG, VT-IFH, VT-IFI, VT-IFJ, VT-IFK, VT-IFL, VT-IFM, VT-IFN, VT-IFO, VT-IFP, VT-IFQ,
VT-IFR, VT-IFS, VT-IFT, VT-IFU, VT-IFV, VT-IFW, VT-IFX, VT-IFY, VT-IFZ, VT-IGH, VT-IGI, VT-IGJ, VT-IGK, VT-IGL, VT-IGS, VT-IGT,
VT-IGU, VT-IGV, VT-IGW, VT-IGX, VT-IGY, VT-IGZ, VT-IHA, VT-IHB, VT-IHD, VT-INP, VT-INQ, VT-INR, VT-INS, VT-INT, VT-INU, VT-INV,
VT-INX, VT-INY, VT-INZ
36-22-03B
APU Leak Detection Loop
36-22-03C
Ident.: MO-36-22-00016005.0003001 / 13 JAN 17
3 Applicable to: VT-ITA, VT-ITB, VT-ITC, VT-ITD, VT-ITE, VT-ITF, VT-ITG, VT-ITH, VT-ITI, VT-ITJ, VT-ITK, VT-ITL, VT-ITM, VT-ITN, VT-ITO,
VT-ITP, VT-ITQ, VT-ITR, VT-ITS, VT-ITT, VT-ITU, VT-ITV, VT-ITW
49-10-01A
49-10-01B Power Plant (APU)
49-10-01C
Ident.: MO-49-10-00008864.0001001 / 13 JAN 17
Applicable to: ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
If passenger doors are affected, indications on the PTP or the FAP may be affected.
If passenger doors are affected, the time recorded in the ACARS movement report may be wrong.
AFTER ENGINE START
In the case of false door alert:
EMER CANC pb ................................................................................................................ Press
Note: the limitation MAX FL : 100/MEA-MORA remains displayed on the STATUS SD
page.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG pb must be maintained pressed to check that there is no alert.
T.O CONFIG pb ...................................................................................................................Press
In the T.O MEMO, the "T.O CONFIG NORMAL" line will not replace the "T.O CONFIG . . TEST"
line.
Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the T.O
CONFIG TEST.
52-07-01B
Passenger Door Permanently Indicated Open on the DOOR/OXY
52-07-01C
SD page (SLIDE ARMED light may be permanently illuminated)
52-07-01D
Ident.: MO-52-07-00008847.0001001 / 16 JAN 15
Applicable to: ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
If passenger doors are affected, indications on the PTP or the FAP may be affected.
If passenger doors are affected, the time recorded in the ACARS movement report may be wrong.
The SLIDE ARMED light on passenger doors may be permanently illuminated.
Continued on the following page
GENERAL INFORMATION
If passenger doors are affected, indications on the PTP or the FAP may be affected.
If passenger doors are affected, the time recorded in the ACARS movement report may be wrong.
52-07-03A
52-07-03B Overwing Emergency Exit Permanently
52-07-03C Indicated Open on the DOOR/OXY SD page
52-07-03D
Ident.: MO-52-07-00008849.0001001 / 16 JAN 15
Applicable to: ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
Indications on the PTP or the FAP may be affected.
Continued on the following page
GENERAL INFORMATION
Indications on the PTP or the FAP may be affected.
GENERAL INFORMATION
If the cargo doors are affected, the time recorded in the ACARS movement report may be wrong.
AFTER ENGINE START
In the case of false door alert:
EMER CANC pb ................................................................................................................ Press
Note: the limitation MAX FL : 100/MEA-MORA remains displayed on the STATUS SD
page.
Continued on the following page
52-30-03A
Cargo Door Electrical Control
52-30-03B
1 Ident.: MO-52-30-00021155.0001001 / 23 MAR 17
Applicable to: ALL
ON GROUND
When the Cargo Door Open/Locked Indicator light is inoperative, it is necessary to
inform the ground personnel:
To visually check that the affected cargo door is in the fully open position, with no
downward movement after releasing the lever of the manual selector valve.
To visually check that the lever of the manual selector valve stays in the neutral position.
The cabin crew must use the cabin interphone to communicate with cockpit crew to request
access to the cockpit.
The cockpit crew must brief the cabin crew that the CDLS keypad is inoperative and the cockpit
door must be confirmed in the locked or unlocked position by manual inspection.
IN FLIGHT
At least two people must always be present in the cockpit throughout the entire flight.
56-10-01A
56-10-01B
Front Windshield
56-10-01C
56-10-01D
Ident.: MO-56-10-00008835.0001001 / 15 MAY 15
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When PF side is affected:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1
When PM side is affected:
Maximum landing capability is not affected and is still CAT 3 DUAL.
EXTERIOR WALKAROUND
During the exterior walkaround, the flight crew must check carefully on both sides of each engine
that all the fan cowl door latches are correctly closed.
If necessary, the flight crew should use a torch and crouch to perform the check.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The autothrust function is inoperative.
floor is not available.
target is not available.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance:
The following method may be used for takeoff performance determination if no takeoff data
(Predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with present failure
case taken into account) is available.
Launch PEP.
Single engine cruise:
See "N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL" in Refer to FCOM/PER-THR-N1 MODE THRUST
CONTROL.
Go-Around performance:
See "N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL" in Refer to FCOM/PER-THR-N1 MODE THRUST
CONTROL.
BEFORE ENGINE START
ENG 1 N1 MODE pb-sw ......................................................................................................... ON
ENG 2 N1 MODE pb-sw ......................................................................................................... ON
FOR TAKEOFF
Flexible takeoff is not permitted.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The autothrust function is inoperative.
floor is not available.
target is not available.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance:
The following method may be used for takeoff performance determination if no takeoff data
(Predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with present failure
case taken into account) is available.
Method:
Determine the MTOW and the associated speeds in normal conditions.
Apply the following decrements function of the MTOW in normal conditions:
Normal TOW 40 000 45 000 50 000 55 000 60 000
kg (lb) (90 000) (100 000) (110 000) (120 000) (130 000)
5 900
Weight decrement 5 200 6 500 7 200 7 800
(
kg (lb) (11 700)
13 000)
(14 300) (15 600) (16 900)
GENERAL INFORMATION
The autothrust function is inoperative.
floor is not available.
target is not available.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance:
The following method may be used for takeoff performance determination if no takeoff data
(Predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with present failure
case taken into account) is available.
Continued on the following page
Method:
Determine the MTOW and the associated speeds in normal conditions.
Apply the following decrements function of the MTOW in normal conditions:
Normal TOW 40 000 45 000 50 000 55 000 60 000
kg (lb) (90 000) (100 000) (110 000) (120 000) (130 000)
5 900
Weight decrement 5 200 6 500 7 200 7 800
(
kg (lb) (11 700)
13 000)
(14 300) (15 600) (16 900)
Note: CLB or LVR CLB will not flash on the FMA as the A/THR is not available.
GO-AROUND
Note: To perform a manual Go-Around with no FD, the PF simultaneously announces his/her
intention, disengages the AP, applies TOGA and initiates the rotation.
The Go-Around must be performed without FDs as follows:
Set AP (if engaged) to OFF
Set both FDs (if engaged) to OFF
Acquire pitch attitude about 15 to maintain the speed target with two engines operative, about
12.5 in the case of an engine failure.
Adjust pitch to maintain VAPP.
When appropriate:
Set both FDs to ON (basic guidance modes engage)
Engage OP CLB and select appropriate speed and lateral mode
AP use as required.
When reaching the thrust reduction altitude :
Set both thrust levers to CL detent.
When reaching the acceleration altitude :
Resume normal acceleration and climb procedures.
Note: CLB or LVR CLB will not flash on the FMA as the A/THR is not available. FMS does not
engage the GO AROUND phase.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance:
The takeoff performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent
program with present failure case.
Launch PEP.
Continued on the following page
GENERAL INFORMATION
Continuous ignition is permanently on.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance:
The takeoff performance must be determined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent
program with present failure case.
Launch PEP.
Landing performance:
No penalty.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance:
Use the following penalties for takeoff performance determination if no takeoff data
(predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with present failure
case taken into account) is available. Takeoff must be performed with full thrust.
VMCG/VMCA limitation No VMCG/VMCA limitation
Weight decrement (kg/lb) 1 500/3 400 200/500
V1, VR, V2 decrement (kt IAS) 0 1
Landing performance:
Continued on the following page
GENERAL INFORMATION
Continuous ignition is permanently on.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance:
Use the following penalties for takeoff performance determination if no takeoff data
(predetermined by using OCTOPUS program or other equivalent program with present failure
case taken into account) is available. Takeoff must be performed with full thrust.
VMCG/VMCA limitation No VMCG/VMCA limitation
Weight decrement (kg/lb) 2 900/6 400 400/900
V1, VR, V2 decrement (kt IAS) 0 1
Landing performance:
No penalty.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Flight planning:
Increase fuel consumption by 2.4 %.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check that the remaining EGT margin at Maximum Takeoff Thrust (MTO) provided by the Engine
Condition Monitoring Tool is above 16 C (60.8 F).
Note: The result provided by the Engine Condition Monitoring Tool must not be older than
one month.
A new EGT margin assessment must be performed in the case of engine malfunction
or engine related external event such as a bird strike.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Performance Adjustments:
Runway State Performance Adjustments
Takeoff Dry, or
No performance adjustments necessary (basic
Landing Dry, or
performance data is computed without thrust reversers).
Landing Wet
One Thrust Reverser
Inoperative Takeoff Wet, or Use performance data computed with either:
Takeoff Contaminated, or All thrust reversers inoperative, or
Landing Contaminated One thrust reverser inoperative.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
LVTO is not permitted
Performance Adjustments:
Continued on the following page
FOR TAKEOFF
During the takeoff briefing, the flight crew must review:
The status of the thrust reversers, and
The use of the thrust reversers
REJECTED TAKEOFF
Ensure that both engine thrust levers are set to IDLE detent, then:
If one thrust reverser is inoperative:
Use both thrust levers when applying reverse thrust.
Note: ENG (AFFECTED SIDE) REVERSER FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD after
selection of the reverse thrust.
If both thrust reversers are inoperative:
Do not move the thrust levers to reverse.
IN FLIGHT
Should a failure occur with "LDG DIST PROC.......APPLY" message displayed on the
STATUS SD page,
and
Whatever the actual thrust reversers selection at landing:
To calculate the LDG DIST with the in-flight failure, do not take credit of the inoperative thrust
reversers (Refer to QRH PER-C).
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
LVTO is not permited.Performance Adjustments:
Runway State Performance Adjustments
Takeoff Dry, or
No performance adjustments necessary (basic
Landing Dry, or
performance data is computed without thrust reversers).
Landing Wet
One Thrust Reverser
Inoperative Takeoff Wet, or Use performance data computed with either:
Takeoff Contaminated, or All thrust reversers inoperative, or
Landing Contaminated One thrust reverser inoperative.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Performance Adjustments:
Runway State Performance Adjustments
Takeoff Dry, or
No performance adjustments necessary (basic
Landing Dry, or
performance data is computed without thrust reversers).
Landing Wet
One Thrust Reverser
Inoperative Takeoff Wet, or Use performance data computed with either:
Takeoff Contaminated, or All thrust reversers inoperative, or
Landing Contaminated One thrust reverser inoperative.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
LVTO is not permitted.Performance Adjustments:
Runway State Performance Adjustments
Takeoff Dry, or
No performance adjustments necessary (basic
Landing Dry, or
performance data is computed without thrust reversers).
Landing Wet
One Thrust Reverser
Inoperative Takeoff Wet, or Use performance data computed with either:
Takeoff Contaminated, or All thrust reversers inoperative, or
Landing Contaminated One thrust reverser inoperative.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
On the FUEL SD page, check that the fuel temperature in the inner tank is above -20 C.